Ելք / Exodus - 14 |

Text:
< PreviousԵլք - 14 Exodus - 14Next >


jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
The departure of the children of Israel out of Egypt (which was indeed the birth of the Jewish church) is made yet more memorable by further works of wonder, which were wrought immediately upon it. Witness the records of this chapter, the contents whereof, together with a key to it, we have, Heb. xi. 29. "They passed through the Red Sea as by dry land, which the Egyptians assaying to do were drowned;" and this they did by faith, which intimates that there was something typical and spiritual in it. Here is, I. The extreme distress and danger that Israel was in at the Red Sea. 1. Notice was given of it to Moses before, ver. 1-4. 2. The cause of it was Pharaoh's violent pursuit of them, ver. 5-9. 3. Israel was in a great consternation upon it, ver. 10-12. 4. Moses endeavours to encourage them, ver. 13, 14. II. The wonderful deliverance that God wrought for them out of this distress. 1. Moses is instructed concerning it, ver. 15-18. 2. Lines that could not be forced are set between the camp of Israel and Pharaoh's camp, ver. 19, 20. 3. By the divine power the Red Sea is divided (ver. 31), and is made, (1.) A lane to the Israelites, who marched safely through it, ver. 22, 29. But, (2.) To the Egyptians it was made, [1.] An ambush into which they were drawn, ver. 23-25. And, [2.] A grave in which they were all buried, ver. 26-28. III. The impressions this made upon the Israelites, ver. 30, 31.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
The Israelites are commanded to encamp before Pi-hahiroth, Exo 14:1, Exo 14:2. God predicts the pursuit of Pharaoh, Exo 14:3, Exo 14:4. Pharaoh is informed that the Israelites are fled, and regrets that he suffered them to depart, Exo 14:5. He musters his troops and pursues them, Exo 14:6-8. Overtakes them in their encampment by the Red Sea, Exo 14:9. The Israelites are terrified at his approach, Exo 14:10. They murmur against Moses for leading them out, Exo 14:11, Exo 14:12. Moses encourages them, and assures them of deliverance, Exo 14:13, Exo 14:14. God commands the Israelites to advance, and Moses to stretch out his rod over the sea that it might be divided, Exo 14:15, Exo 14:16; and promises utterly to discomfit the Egyptians, Exo 14:17, Exo 14:18. The angel of God places himself between the Israelites and the Egyptians, Exo 14:19. The pillar of the cloud becomes darkness to the Egyptians, while it gives light to the Israelites, Exo 14:20. Moses stretches out his rod, and a strong east wind blows, and the waters are divided, Exo 14:21. The Israelites enter and walk on dry ground, Exo 14:22. The Egyptians enter also in pursuit of the Israelites, Exo 14:23. The Lord looks out of the pillar of cloud on the Egyptians, terrifies them, and disjoints their chariots, Exo 14:24, Exo 14:25. Moses is commanded to stretch forth his rod over the waters, that they may return to their former bed, Exo 14:26. He does so, and the whole Egyptian army is overwhelmed, Exo 14:27, Exo 14:28, while every Israelite escapes, Exo 14:29. Being thus saved from the hand of their adversaries, they acknowledge the power of God, and credit the mission of Moses, Exo 14:30, Exo 14:31.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Exo 14:1, God instructs the Israelites in their journey; Exo 14:5, Pharaoh pursues after them; Exo 14:10, The Israelites murmur; Exo 14:13, Moses comforts them; Exo 14:15, God instructs Moses; Exo 14:19, The cloud removes behind the camp; Exo 14:21, The Israelites pass through the Red sea, which drowns the Egyptians.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO EXODUS 14
This chapter begins with directions of God to Moses, to be given to the children of Israel about the course they were to steer in their journey, with the reason thereof, Ex 14:1, which they observing, a report was brought to Pharaoh that they were fled, and this determined him and his servants to get ready and pursue after them, as they did with a great army, Ex 14:5, which when the Israelites saw, it put them in great fear, and set them to murmuring and complaining against Moses for bringing them out of Egypt, Ex 14:10, who desired them to be still and quiet, and they should see the salvation of the Lord, Ex 14:13, and he is bid to order the people to go on in their journey, and to take his rod and stretch it over the sea and divide it, that Israel might pass through it on dry ground, and the Egyptians follow them, whereby God would be honoured and glorified, Ex 14:15, upon which the Angel of the Lord in a pillar of cloud removed from before there, and went behind them for their protection, Ex 14:19, and Moses stretching out his hand over the sea, and a strong east wind blowing upon it, the waters divided and the Israelites went into it, and the Egyptians followed them, but their host being troubled by the Lord, and their chariot wheels taken off, they found themselves in great danger, and were thrown into a panic, Ex 14:20 and upon Moses's stretching out his hand again over the sea, the waters returned, and Pharaoh and his host were drowned, but the Israelites passed through safely, as on dry land, Ex 14:26, which great work of the Lord being observed by them, influenced their fear of him, their faith in him and his servant Moses, Ex 14:30.
14:114:1: Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի եւ ասէ.
1 Տէրը, խօսելով Մովսէսի հետ, ասաց.
14 Տէրը խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով.
Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի եւ ասէ:

14:1: Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի եւ ասէ.
1 Տէրը, խօսելով Մովսէսի հետ, ասաց.
14 Տէրը խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:11: И сказал Господь Моисею, говоря:
14:1 καὶ και and; even ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs λέγων λεγω tell; declare
14:1 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּ֥ר yᵊḏabbˌēr דבר speak יְהֹוָ֖ה [yᵊhôˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֥ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses לֵּ llē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
14:1. locutus est autem Dominus ad Mosen dicensAnd the Lord spoke to Moses, saying:
1. And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,
14:1. Then the Lord spoke to Moses, saying:
14:1. And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,
And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying:

1: И сказал Господь Моисею, говоря:
14:1
καὶ και and; even
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
14:1
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּ֥ר yᵊḏabbˌēr דבר speak
יְהֹוָ֖ה [yᵊhôˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֥ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
לֵּ llē לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
14:1. locutus est autem Dominus ad Mosen dicens
And the Lord spoke to Moses, saying:
14:1. Then the Lord spoke to Moses, saying:
14:1. And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1-2: Продолжение пути в прежнем восточном направлении было бы равносильно вступлению в непосильную борьбу с гарнизонами пограничных крепостей. Пройти мимо них целому народу незамеченным было невозможно, так как даже один человек, выше упоминаемый Синех, проскользнул через ряд укреплений лишь ночью. В виду этого, в Ефаме израильтяне изменяют направление своего пути, по повелению Божию «обращаются». Так как употребленный в данном случае еврейский глагол «шув» обозначает движение с западной стороны в противоположную — восточную и наоборот (Нав 19:12, 27, 29, 34), то очевидно, что вместо прежнего восточного направления евреи избирают теперь западное, точнее — юго-западное. Из описания их дальнейшего путешествия видно, что по переходе через Чермное море они находятся на восточной его стороне, следовательно, до перехода были на западной. Повернув от Ефама на юго-запад, они пошли по западной стороне Чермного моря и расположились станом пред Пи-Гахирофом, между Мигдолом и между морем, пред Ваал-Цефоном. Пи-Гахироф лежал южнее, Мигдол с западной стороны, море с восточной, а Ваал-Цефон на восток, пред остановившимися евреями, на восточной стороне моря. Таково более точное определение местоположения их третьего стана.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1-14: The Israelites Pursued by Pharaoh.B. C. 1491.
1 And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Speak unto the children of Israel, that they turn and encamp before Pi-hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, over against Baal-zephon: before it shall ye encamp by the sea. 3 For Pharaoh will say of the children of Israel, They are entangled in the land, the wilderness hath shut them in. 4 And I will harden Pharaoh's heart, that he shall follow after them; and I will be honoured upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host; that the Egyptians may know that I am the LORD. And they did so. 5 And it was told the king of Egypt that the people fled: and the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants was turned against the people, and they said, Why have we done this, that we have let Israel go from serving us? 6 And he made ready his chariot, and took his people with him: 7 And he took six hundred chosen chariots, and all the chariots of Egypt, and captains over every one of them. 8 And the LORD hardened the heart of Pharaoh king of Egypt, and he pursued after the children of Israel: and the children of Israel went out with an high hand. 9 But the Egyptians pursued after them, all the horses and chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his army, and overtook them encamping by the sea, beside Pi-hahiroth, before Baal-zephon.
We have here,
I. Instructions given to Moses concerning Israel's motions and encampments, which were so very surprising that if Moses had not express orders about them before they would scarcely have been persuaded to follow the pillar of cloud and fire. That therefore there might be no scruple nor dissatisfaction about it, Moses is told before, 1. Whither they must go, v. 1, 2. They had got to the edge of the wilderness (ch. xiii. 20), and a stage or two more would have brought them to Horeb, the place appointed for their serving God; but, instead of going forward, they are ordered to turn short off, on the right hand from Canaan, and to march towards the Red Sea. Where they were, at Etham, there was no sea in their way to obstruct their passage: but God himself orders them into straits, which might give them an assurance that when his purposes were served he would without fail bring them out of those straits. Note, God sometimes raises difficulties in the way of the salvation of his people, that he may have the glory of subduing them, and helping his people over them. 2. What God designed in these strange orders. Moses would have yielded an implicit obedience, though God had given him no reason; but shall he hide from Moses the thing that he does? No, Moses shall know, (1.) That Pharaoh has a design to ruin Israel, v. 3. (2.) That therefore God has a design to ruin Pharaoh, and he takes this way to effect it, v. 4. Pharaoh's sagacity would conclude that Israel was entangled in the wilderness and so would become an easy prey to him; and, that he might be the more apt to think so, God orders them into yet greater entanglements; also, by turning them so much out of their road, he amazes him yet more, and gives him further occasion to suppose that they were in a state of embarrassment and danger. And thus (says God) I will be honoured upon Pharaoh. Note, [1.] All men being made for the honour of their Maker, those whom he is not honoured by he will be honoured upon. [2.] What seems to tend to the church's ruin is often overruled to the ruin of the church's enemies, whose pride and malice are fed by Providence, that they may be ripened for destruction.
II. Pharaoh's pursuit of Israel, in which, while he gratifies his own malice and revenge, he is furthering the accomplishment of God's counsels concerning him. It was told him that the people fled, v. 5. Such a fright was he in, when he gave them leave to go, that when the fright was a little over he either forgot, or would not own, that they departed with his consent, and therefore was willing that it should be represented to him as a revolt from their allegiance. Thus what may easily be justified is easily condemned, by putting false colours upon it. Now, hereupon,
1. He reflects upon it with regret that he had connived at their departure. He and his servants, though it was with the greatest reason in the world that they had let Israel go, yet were now angry with themselves for it: Why have we done thus? (1.) It vexed them that Israel had their liberty, that they had lost the profit of their labours, and the pleasure of chastising them. It is meat and drink to proud persecutors to trample upon the saints of the Most High, and say to their souls, Bow down, that we may go over; and therefore it vexes them to have their hands tied. Note, The liberty of God's people is a heavy grievance to their enemies, Esth. v. 12, 13; Acts v. 17, 33. (2.) It aggravated the vexation that they themselves had consented to it, thinking now that they might have hindered it, and that they needed not to have yielded, though they had stood it out to the last extremity. Thus God makes men's envy and rage against his people a torment to themselves, Ps. cxii. 10. It was well done to let Israel go, and what they would have reflected on with comfort if they had done it from an honest principle; but doing it by constraint, they called themselves a thousand fools for doing it, and passionately wished it undone again. Note, It is very common, but very absurd and criminal, for people to repent of their good deeds; their justice and charity, and even their repentance, are repented of. See an instance somewhat like this, Jer. xxxiv. 10, 11.
2. He resolves, if possible, either to reduce them or to be revenged on them; in order to this, he levies an army, musters all his force of chariots and horsemen, v. 17, 18 (for, it should seem, he took no foot with him, because the king's business required haste), and thus he doubts not but he shall re-enslave them, v. 6, 7. It is easy to imagine what a rage Pharaoh was now in, roaring like a lion disappointed of his prey, how his proud heart aggravated the affront, swelled with indignation, scorned to be baffled, longed to be revenged: and now all the plagues are as if they had never been. He has quite forgotten the sorrowful funerals of his firstborn, and can think of nothing but making Israel feel his resentments; now he thinks he can be too hard for God himself; for, otherwise, could he have hoped to conquer a people so dear to him? God gave him up to these passions of his own heart, and so hardened it. It is said (v. 8), The children of Israel went out with a high hand, that is, with a great deal of courage and bravery, triumphing in their release, and resolved to break through the difficulties that lay in their way. But the Egyptians (v. 9) pursued after them. Note, Those that in good earnest set their faces heaven-ward, and will live godly in Christ Jesus, must expect to be set upon by Satan's temptations and terrors. He will not tamely part with any out of his service, nor go out without raging, Mark ix. 26.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:1: the Lord spake: Exo 12:1, Exo 13:1
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:1
Passage of the Israelites through the Red Sea; Destruction of Pharaoh and His Army. - Ex 14:1, Ex 14:2. At Etham God commanded the Israelites to turn (שׁוּב) and encamp by the sea, before Pihachiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before Baalzephon, opposite to it. In Num 33:7, the march is described thus: on leaving Etham they turned up to (על) Pihachiroth, which is before (על־פּני( e in the front of) Baalzephon, and encamped before Migdol. The only one of these places that can be determined with any certainty is Pihachiroth, or Hachiroth (Num 33:8, pi being simply the Egyptian article), which name has undoubtedly been preserved in the Ajrud mentioned by Edrisi in the middle of the twelfth century. At present this is simply a fort, which a well 250 feet deep, the water of which is so bitter, however, that camels can hardly drink it. It stands on the pilgrim road from Kahira to Mecca, four hours' journey to the north-west of Suez (vid., Robinson, Pal. i. p. 65). A plain, nearly ten miles long and about as many broad, stretches from Ajrud to the sea to the west of Suez, and from the foot of Atkah to the arm of the sea on the north of Suez (Robinson, Pal. i. 65). This plain most probably served the Israelites as a place of encampment, so that they encamped before, i.e., to the east of, Ajrud towards the sea. The other places just also be sought in the neighbourhood of Hachiroth (Ajrud), though no traces of them have been discovered yet. Migdol cannot be the Migdol twelve Roman miles to the south of Pelusium, which formed the north-eastern boundary of Egypt (Ezek 29:10), for according to Num 33:7, Israel encamped before Migdol; nor is it to be sought for in the hill and mountain-pass called Montala by Burckhardt, el Muntala by Robinson (pp. 63, 64), two hours' journey to the northwest of Ajrud, as Knobel supposes, for this hill lies too far to the west, and when looked at from the sea is almost behind Ajrud; so that the expression "encamping before Migdol" does not suit this situation, not to mention the fact that a tower (מגדּל) does not indicate a watch-tower (מצפּה). Migdol was probably to the south of Ajrud, on one of the heights of the Atkah, and near it, though more to the south-east, Baalzephon (locus Typhonis), which Michaelis and Forster suppose to be Heroopolis, whilst Knobel places it on the eastern shore, and others to the south of Hachiroth. If Israel therefore did not go straight into the desert from Etham, on the border of the desert, but went southwards into the plain of Suez, to the west of the head of the Red Sea, they were obliged to bend round, i.e., "to turn" from the road they had taken first. The distance from Etham to the place of encampment at Hachiroth must be at least a six hours' journey (a tolerable day's journey, therefore, for a whole nation), as the road from Suez to Ajrud takes four hours (Robinson, i. p. 66).
John Gill
14:1 And the Lord spake unto Moses,.... Out of the pillar of the cloud in which he went before them; either while they were at Etham, or when journeying from thence, and a little before they turned off to the right, as they were now directed:
saying; as follows:
14:214:2: Խօսեա՛ց ընդ որդիսն Իսրայէլի, եւ դարձցին բանակեսցին դէմ յանդիման Հանգրուանին. ընդ Մագդովղ եւ ընդ ծովն. հանդէպ Բէեղսեպփոնեայ. յանդիման նոցա բանակեսցիս առ ծովեզերբն[616]։ [616] Այլք. Բէեղսեփովնեայ։
2 «Իսրայէլացիներին ասա՛, որ վերադառնան, կայք հաստատեն Մագդողի ու ծովի միջեւ գտնուող հանգրուանում, Բեէղսեպփոնի դիմաց: Դրանց[26] դիմաց՝ Կարմիր ծովի եզերքին կայք կը հաստատես: [26] 26. Իմա՛՝ Այդ վայրի:
2 «Ըսէ՛ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն, որ դառնան ու Փիաիրօթի առջեւ, Մագդողին ու ծովուն մէջտեղ բանակ դնեն, Բէեղսեփոնին առջեւ՝ անոր դէմ ծովուն քով բանակ դրէք։
Խօսեաց ընդ որդիսն Իսրայելի, եւ դարձցին բանակեսցին դէմ յանդիման [183]Հանգրուանին, ընդ Մագդովղ եւ ընդ ծովն. հանդէպ Բէեղսեպփովնայ, յանդիման նոցա բանակեսցիս առ ծովեզերբն:

14:2: Խօսեա՛ց ընդ որդիսն Իսրայէլի, եւ դարձցին բանակեսցին դէմ յանդիման Հանգրուանին. ընդ Մագդովղ եւ ընդ ծովն. հանդէպ Բէեղսեպփոնեայ. յանդիման նոցա բանակեսցիս առ ծովեզերբն[616]։
[616] Այլք. Բէեղսեփովնեայ։
2 «Իսրայէլացիներին ասա՛, որ վերադառնան, կայք հաստատեն Մագդողի ու ծովի միջեւ գտնուող հանգրուանում, Բեէղսեպփոնի դիմաց: Դրանց[26] դիմաց՝ Կարմիր ծովի եզերքին կայք կը հաստատես:
[26] 26. Իմա՛՝ Այդ վայրի:
2 «Ըսէ՛ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն, որ դառնան ու Փիաիրօթի առջեւ, Մագդողին ու ծովուն մէջտեղ բանակ դնեն, Բէեղսեփոնին առջեւ՝ անոր դէմ ծովուն քով բանակ դրէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:22: скажи сынам Израилевым, чтобы они обратились и расположились станом пред Пи-Гахирофом, между Мигдолом и между морем, пред Ваал-Цефоном; напротив его поставьте стан у моря.
14:2 λάλησον λαλεω talk; speak τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἀποστρέψαντες αποστρεφω turn away; alienate στρατοπεδευσάτωσαν στρατοπεδευω before; contrary τῆς ο the ἐπαύλεως επαυλις lodge ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle Μαγδώλου μαγδωλος and; even ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea ἐξ εκ from; out of ἐναντίας εναντιος contrary; opposite Βεελσεπφων βεελσεπφων in the face; facing αὐτῶν αυτος he; him στρατοπεδεύσεις στρατοπεδευω in; on τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
14:2 דַּבֵּר֮ dabbēr דבר speak אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and יָשֻׁ֗בוּ yāšˈuvû שׁוב return וְ wᵊ וְ and יַחֲנוּ֙ yaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp לִ li לְ to פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת pˈî haḥîrˈōṯ פִּי הַחִירֹות Pi Hahiroth בֵּ֥ין bˌên בַּיִן interval מִגְדֹּ֖ל miḡdˌōl מִגְדֹּל Migdol וּ û וְ and בֵ֣ין vˈên בַּיִן interval הַ ha הַ the יָּ֑ם yyˈom יָם sea לִ li לְ to פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן bˈaʕal ṣᵊfˈōn בַּעַל צְפֹן Baal Zephon נִכְחֹ֥ו niḵḥˌô נֹכַח straightness תַחֲנ֖וּ ṯaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the יָּֽם׃ yyˈom יָם sea
14:2. loquere filiis Israhel reversi castrametentur e regione Phiahiroth quae est inter Magdolum et mare contra Beelsephon in conspectu eius castra ponetis super mareSpeak to the children of Israel: Let them turn and encamp over against Phihahiroth, which is between Magdal and the sea over against Beelsephon: you shall encamp before it upon the sea.
2. Speak unto the children of Israel, that they turn back and encamp before Pi-hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before Baal-zephon: over against it shall ye encamp by the sea.
14:2. “Speak to the sons of Israel. Let them turn back and encamp away from the region of Pihahiroth, which is between Migdol and the sea, opposite Baal-zephon. In its sight you shall place your camp, above the sea.
14:2. Speak unto the children of Israel, that they turn and encamp before Pihahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, over against Baalzephon: before it shall ye encamp by the sea.
Speak unto the children of Israel, that they turn and encamp before Pi- hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, over against Baal- zephon: before it shall ye encamp by the sea:

2: скажи сынам Израилевым, чтобы они обратились и расположились станом пред Пи-Гахирофом, между Мигдолом и между морем, пред Ваал-Цефоном; напротив его поставьте стан у моря.
14:2
λάλησον λαλεω talk; speak
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἀποστρέψαντες αποστρεφω turn away; alienate
στρατοπεδευσάτωσαν στρατοπεδευω before; contrary
τῆς ο the
ἐπαύλεως επαυλις lodge
ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
Μαγδώλου μαγδωλος and; even
ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ἐναντίας εναντιος contrary; opposite
Βεελσεπφων βεελσεπφων in the face; facing
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
στρατοπεδεύσεις στρατοπεδευω in; on
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
14:2
דַּבֵּר֮ dabbēr דבר speak
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָשֻׁ֗בוּ yāšˈuvû שׁוב return
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יַחֲנוּ֙ yaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת pˈî haḥîrˈōṯ פִּי הַחִירֹות Pi Hahiroth
בֵּ֥ין bˌên בַּיִן interval
מִגְדֹּ֖ל miḡdˌōl מִגְדֹּל Migdol
וּ û וְ and
בֵ֣ין vˈên בַּיִן interval
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֑ם yyˈom יָם sea
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן bˈaʕal ṣᵊfˈōn בַּעַל צְפֹן Baal Zephon
נִכְחֹ֥ו niḵḥˌô נֹכַח straightness
תַחֲנ֖וּ ṯaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
יָּֽם׃ yyˈom יָם sea
14:2. loquere filiis Israhel reversi castrametentur e regione Phiahiroth quae est inter Magdolum et mare contra Beelsephon in conspectu eius castra ponetis super mare
Speak to the children of Israel: Let them turn and encamp over against Phihahiroth, which is between Magdal and the sea over against Beelsephon: you shall encamp before it upon the sea.
14:2. “Speak to the sons of Israel. Let them turn back and encamp away from the region of Pihahiroth, which is between Migdol and the sea, opposite Baal-zephon. In its sight you shall place your camp, above the sea.
14:2. Speak unto the children of Israel, that they turn and encamp before Pihahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, over against Baalzephon: before it shall ye encamp by the sea.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:2: Encamp before Pi-hahiroth - פי ההירת pi hachiroth, the mouth, strait, or bay of Chiroth. Between Migdol, מגדל migdol, the tower, probably a fortress that served to defend the bay. Over against Baal-zephon, בעל צפן baal tsephon, the lord or master of the watch, probably an idol temple, where a continual guard, watch, or light was kept up for the defense of one part of the haven, or as a guide to ships. Dr. Shaw thinks that chiroth may denote the valley which extended itself from the wilderness of Etham to the Red Sea, and that the part in which the Israelites encamped was called Pi-hachiroth, i.e., the mouth or bay of Chiroth. See his Travels, p. 310, and his account at the end of Exodus.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:2: That they turn - i. e. away from the wilderness, and go southwards, to the west of the Bitter Lakes, which completely separated them from the desert.
Pi-hahiroth - The place is generally identified with Ajrud, a fortress with a very large well of good water, situated at the foot of an elevation commanding the plain which extends to Suez, at a distance of four leagues. The journey from Etham might occupy two, or even three days.
Migdol - A tower, or fort, the "Maktal" of Egyptian monuments; it is probably to be identified with Bir Suweis, about two miles from Suez.
Baal-zephon - The name under which the Phoenicians, who had a settlement in Lower Egypt at a very ancient period, worshipped their chief Deity. There can be no doubt it was near Kolsum, or Suez. From the text it is clear that the encampment of the Israelites extended over the plain from Pi-hahiroth: their headquarters being between Bir Suweis and the sea opposite to Baal-Zephon. At Ajrud the road branches off in two directions, one leading to the wilderness by a tract, now dry, but in the time of Moses probably impassable (see next note); the other leading to Suez, which was doubtless followed by the Israelites.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:2: that they: Exo 14:9, Exo 13:17, Exo 13:18; Num 33:7, Num 33:8
Pi-hahiroth: Pi̇ hachiroth, "the mouth of Chiroth," as it is rendered by the LXX. Dr. Shaw is of opinion, that Chiroth denotes the valley which extends from the wilderness of Etham to the Red Sea. "This valley," he observes, "ends at the sea in a small bay made by the eastern extremities of the mountains (of Gewoubee and Attackah, between which the valley lies) which I have been describing, and is called Tiah-Beni-Israel, i. e., the road of the Israelites, by a tradition that is still kept up by the Arabs, of their having passed through it; so it is also called Baideah, from the new and unheard of miracle that was wrought near it, by dividing the Red sea, and destroying therein Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen."
Migdol: The word Migdol signifies a tower, and hence some have supposed that it was a fortress which served to defend the bay. But the LXX render it Μαγδωλος, Magdolus, which is mentioned by Herodotus, Hecateus, and others, and is expressly said by Stephanus (de Urb.) to be πολις Αιγυπτον, "a city of Egypt." This Bochart conjectures to have been the same as Migdol (see the parallel passages). Jer 44:1, Jer 46:14; Eze 29:10, Heb
Baalzephon: This may have been the name of a town or city in which Baal was worshipped; and probably called zephon, from being situated on the north point of the Red sea, near the present Suez.
Geneva 1599
14:2 Speak unto the children of Israel, that they (a) turn and encamp before (b) Pihahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, over against Baalzephon: before it shall ye encamp by the sea.
(a) From toward the country of the Philistines.
(b) So the Sea was before them, mountains on either side, and the enemies at their back: yet they obeyed God, and were delivered.
John Gill
14:2 Speak unto the children of Israel, that they turn,.... Not return to Egypt, or to the place, or towards the place from whence they came, but turn off, out of the road in which they were; for, as a late traveller says (a),"there were two roads, through which the Israelites might have been conducted from Cairo (which he supposes may be Rameses) to Pihahiroth. One of them lies through the valleys, as they are now called, of Jendily, Rumaleah, and Baideah, bounded on each side by the mountains of the lower Thebais; the other lies higher, having the northern range of these mountains (the mountains of Mocattee) running parallel with it on the right hand, and the desert of the Egyptian Arabia, which lies all the way open to the land of the Philistines, on the left, (see Ex 13:17) about the middle of this range we may turn short on our right hand into the valley of Baideah, through a remarkable breach or discontinuation, in which we afterwards continued to the very banks of the Red sea; this road then, through the valley of Baideah, which is some hours longer than the other open road, which leads directly from Cairo to Suez, was in all probability the very road which the Israelites took to Pihahiroth, on the banks of the Red sea.''And again he says (b), this valley ends at the sea in a small bay, made by the eastern extremities of the mountains, and is called "Tiah beni Israel", i.e. the road of the Israelites, from a tradition of the Arabs, of their having passed through it; as it is also called Baideah from the new and unheard of miracle that was wrought near it, by dividing the Red sea, and destroying therein Pharaoh, his chariots and horsemen:
and encamp before Pihahiroth: which was sixteen miles from Etham (c), and by some (d) thought to be the same with the city of Heroes (or Heroopolis), on the extreme part of the Arabic gulf, or the Phagroriopolis, placed by Strabo (e) near the same place: according to the above traveller (f), Pihahiroth was the mouth, or the most advanced part of the valley of Baideah to the eastward toward the Red sea; with which Jarchi in some measure agrees, who says Pihahiroth is Pithom, now so called, because the Israelites became free: they (Hahiroth) are two rocks, and the valley between them is called (Pi) the mouth of the rocks: so Dr. Shaw observes (g); the word may be deduced from "a hole" or "gullet", and by a latitude common in those cases, be rendered a narrow "defile", road or passage, such as the valley of Baideah has been described: but as the Israelites were properly delivered at this place from their captivity and fear of the Egyptians, Ex 14:13 we may rather suppose that Hhiroth denotes the place where they were restored to their liberty; as Hhorar and Hhiroth are words of the like sort in the Chaldee: but another very learned man (h) says, that in the Egyptian language Pihahiroth signifies a place where grew great plenty of grass and herbs, and was contiguous to the Red sea, and was like that on the other shore of the sea, the Arabian, which Diodorus Siculus (i) speaks of as a pleasant green field:
between Migdol and the sea; which signifies a tower, and might be one: there was a city of this name in Egypt, and in those parts, but whether the same with this is not certain, Jer 44:1.
over against Baalzephon; which the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem take to be an "idol": and so does Jarchi, and say it was the only one left of the idols of Egypt; see Ex 12:12 and so some Christian as well as Jewish writers suppose it to be; and that it was as a watch, or guard, or amulet, to keep fugitives from going out of the land: but by Ezekiel the tragedian (k) it is called a city; and so by Josephus (l), who says they came to Baalzephon the third day, a place situated by the Red sea; which is most likely, and it is highly probable that this and Migdol were two fortified places, which guarded the mouth of the valley, or the straits which led to the Red sea: Artapanus (m) the Heathen historian agrees with Josephus in saying it was the third day when they came to the Red sea:
before it shall ye encamp by the sea; and there wait till Pharaoh came up to them.
(a) Dr. Shaw's Travels, p. 307. Ed. 2. (b) lb. p. 309. (c) Bunting's Travels, p. 82. (d) See the Universal History, vol. 3. p. 387. (e) Geograph. l. 17. p. 553. (f) Shaw, ib. p. 310. (g) Ut supra. (a)) (h) Jablonski de Terra Goshen, Dissert. 5. sect. 9. (i) Bibliothec. c. 3. p. 175. (k) Apud Euseb. Praepar. Evangel. l. 9. c. 29. p. 444. (l) Antiqu. l. 2. c. 15. sect. 1. (m) Apud Euseb. ib. c. 27. p. 436.
John Wesley
14:2 They were got to the edge of the wilderness, Ex 13:20, and one stage or two would have brought them to Horeb, the place appointed for their serving God, but instead of going forward, they are ordered to turn short off, on the right - hand from Canaan, and to march towards the Red - sea. When they were at Etham, there was no sea in their way to obstruct their passage; but God himself orders them into straits, which might give them an assurance, that when his purposes were served, he would bring them out of those straits. Before Pi - hahiroth - Or the straits of Hiroth, two great mountains, between which they marched. Migdol and Baal - zephon were cities of Egypt and probably garrison'd.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:2 GOD INSTRUCTS THE ISRAELITES AS TO THEIR JOURNEY. (Exo. 14:1-31)
Speak unto the children of Israel, that they turn and encamp--The Israelites had now completed their three days' journey, and at Etham the decisive step would have to be taken whether they would celebrate their intended feast and return, or march onwards by the head of the Red Sea into the desert, with a view to a final departure. They were already on the borders of the desert, and a short march would have placed them beyond the reach of pursuit, as the chariots of Egypt could have made little progress over dry and yielding sand. But at Etham, instead of pursuing their journey eastward with the sea on their right, they were suddenly commanded to diverge to the south, keeping the gulf on their left; a route which not only detained them lingering on the confines of Egypt, but, in adopting it, they actually turned their backs on the land of which they had set out to obtain the possession. A movement so unexpected, and of which the ultimate design was carefully concealed, could not but excite the astonishment of all, even of Moses himself, although, from his implicit faith in the wisdom and power of his heavenly Guide, he obeyed. The object was to entice Pharaoh to pursue, in order that the moral effect, which the judgments on Egypt had produced in releasing God's people from bondage, might be still further extended over the nations by the awful events transacted at the Red Sea.
Pi-hahiroth--the mouth of the defile, or pass--a description well suited to that of Bedea, which extended from the Nile and opens on the shore of the Red Sea.
Migdol--a fortress or citadel.
Baal-zephon--some marked site on the opposite or eastern coast.
14:314:3: Եւ ասասցէ փարաւոն զորդւոցդ Իսրայէլի թէ մոլորեա՛լ են յերկրին, քանզի պատեաց զնոսա անապատն։
3 Փարաւոնը իսրայէլացիներիդ մասին կ’ասի, թէ՝ “Մոլորուել են այս երկրում, որովհետեւ անապատը շրջափակել է նրանց”:
3 Փարաւոն Իսրայէլի որդիներուն համար պիտի ըսէ թէ ‘Երկրին մէջ մոլորած* են, անապատը անոնց բոլորտիքը պատեց’։
Եւ ասասցէ փարաւոն զորդւոցդ Իսրայելի թէ Մոլորեալ են յերկրին, քանզի պատեաց զնոսա անապատն:

14:3: Եւ ասասցէ փարաւոն զորդւոցդ Իսրայէլի թէ մոլորեա՛լ են յերկրին, քանզի պատեաց զնոսա անապատն։
3 Փարաւոնը իսրայէլացիներիդ մասին կ’ասի, թէ՝ “Մոլորուել են այս երկրում, որովհետեւ անապատը շրջափակել է նրանց”:
3 Փարաւոն Իսրայէլի որդիներուն համար պիտի ըսէ թէ ‘Երկրին մէջ մոլորած* են, անապատը անոնց բոլորտիքը պատեց’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:33: И скажет фараон о сынах Израилевых: они заблудились в земле сей, заперла их пустыня.
14:3 καὶ και and; even ἐρεῖ ερεω.1 state; mentioned Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao τῷ ο the λαῷ λαος populace; population αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel πλανῶνται πλαναω mislead; wander οὗτοι ουτος this; he ἐν εν in τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land συγκέκλεικεν συγκλειω confine; catch γὰρ γαρ for αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him ἡ ο the ἔρημος ερημος lonesome; wilderness
14:3 וְ wᵊ וְ and אָמַ֤ר ʔāmˈar אמר say פַּרְעֹה֙ parʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh לִ li לְ to בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel נְבֻכִ֥ים nᵊvuḵˌîm בוך confuse הֵ֖ם hˌēm הֵם they בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth סָגַ֥ר sāḡˌar סגר close עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם ʕᵃlêhˌem עַל upon הַ ha הַ the מִּדְבָּֽר׃ mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
14:3. dicturusque est Pharao super filiis Israhel coartati sunt in terra conclusit eos desertumAnd Pharao will say of the children of Israel: They are straitened in the land, the desert hath shut them in.
3. And Pharaoh will say of the children of Israel, They are entangled in the land, the wilderness hath shut them in.
14:3. And Pharaoh will say about the sons of Israel, ‘They have been confined by the land; the desert has enclosed them.’
14:3. For Pharaoh will say of the children of Israel, They [are] entangled in the land, the wilderness hath shut them in.
For Pharaoh will say of the children of Israel, They [are] entangled in the land, the wilderness hath shut them in:

3: И скажет фараон о сынах Израилевых: они заблудились в земле сей, заперла их пустыня.
14:3
καὶ και and; even
ἐρεῖ ερεω.1 state; mentioned
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
τῷ ο the
λαῷ λαος populace; population
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
πλανῶνται πλαναω mislead; wander
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
συγκέκλεικεν συγκλειω confine; catch
γὰρ γαρ for
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
ο the
ἔρημος ερημος lonesome; wilderness
14:3
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָמַ֤ר ʔāmˈar אמר say
פַּרְעֹה֙ parʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
נְבֻכִ֥ים nᵊvuḵˌîm בוך confuse
הֵ֖ם hˌēm הֵם they
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֑רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
סָגַ֥ר sāḡˌar סגר close
עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם ʕᵃlêhˌem עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
מִּדְבָּֽר׃ mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
14:3. dicturusque est Pharao super filiis Israhel coartati sunt in terra conclusit eos desertum
And Pharao will say of the children of Israel: They are straitened in the land, the desert hath shut them in.
14:3. And Pharaoh will say about the sons of Israel, ‘They have been confined by the land; the desert has enclosed them.’
14:3. For Pharaoh will say of the children of Israel, They [are] entangled in the land, the wilderness hath shut them in.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
3: Изменение евреями первоначального направления пути — движение по западному берегу Чермного моря представляется фараону результатом незнания пути: «они заблудились»; мало того, оказались в безвыходном положении: «заперла их пустыня». И таково, действительно, было с человеческой точки зрения тогдашнее положение евреев. Отступление к северу могло отрезать им египетское войско, путь к западу и югу преграждал горный хребет Джебель-Атака, а на восток бушевало море.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:3: They are entangled in the land - God himself brought them into straits from which no human power or art could extricate them. Consider their situation when once brought out of the open country, where alone they had room either to fight or fly. Now they had the Red Sea before them, Pharaoh and his host behind them, and on their right and left hand fortresses of the Egyptians to prevent their escape; nor had they one boat or transport prepared for their passage! If they be now saved, the arm of the Lord must be seen, and the vanity and nullity of the Egyptian idols be demonstrated. By bringing them into such a situation he took from them all hope of human help, and gave their adversaries every advantage against them, so that they themselves said, They are entangled in the land, the wilderness hath shut them in.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:3: They are entangled ... - The original intention of Moses was to go toward Palestine by the wilderness: when that purpose was changed by God's direction and they moved southwards, Pharaoh, on receiving information, was of course aware that they were completely shut in, since the waters of the Red Sea then extended to the Bitter Lakes. It is known that the Red Sea at some remote period extended considerably further toward the north than it does at present. In the time of Moses the water north of Kolsum joined the Bitter Lakes, though at present the constant accumulation of sand has covered the intervening space to the extent of 8000 to 10, 000 yards.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:3: Pharaoh: Exo 7:3, Exo 7:4; Deu 31:21; Psa 139:2, Psa 139:4; Eze 38:10, Eze 38:11, Eze 38:17; Act 4:28
They are entangled: Jdg 16:2; Sa1 23:7, Sa1 23:23; Psa 3:2, Psa 71:11; Jer 20:10, Jer 20:11
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:3
This turn in their route was not out of the way for the passage through the Red Sea; but apart from this, it was not only out of the way, but a very foolish way, according to human judgment. God commanded Moses to take this road, that He might be honoured upon Pharaoh, and show the Egyptians that He was Jehovah (cf. Ex 14:30, Ex 14:31). Pharaoh would say of the Israelites, They have lost their way; they are wandering about in confusion; the desert has shut them in, as in a prison upon which the door is shut (על סנר as in Job 12:14); and in his obduracy he would resolve to go after them with his army, and bring them under his sway again.
Ex 14:4-9
When it was announced that Israel had fled, "the heart of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people," and they repented that they had let them go. When and whence the information came, we are not told. The common opinion, that it was brought after the Israelites changed their route, has no foundation in the text. For the change in Pharaoh's feelings towards the Israelites, and his regret that he had let them go, were caused not by their supposed mistake, but by their flight. Now the king and his servants regarded the exodus as a flight, as soon as they recovered from the panic caused by the death of the first-born, and began to consider the consequences of the permission given to the people to leave his service. This may have occurred as early as the second day after the exodus. In that case, Pharaoh would have had time to collect chariots and horsemen, and overtake the Israelites at Hachiroth, as they could easily perform the same journey in two days, or one day and a half, to which the Israelites had taken more than three. "He yoked his chariot (had it yoked, cf. 3Kings 6:14), and took his people (i.e., his warriors) with him," viz., "six hundred chosen war chariots (Ex 14:7), and all the chariots of Egypt" (sc., that he could get together in the time), and "royal guards upon them all." שׁלשׁים, τριστάται, tristatae qui et terni statores vocantur, nomen est secundi gradus post regiam dignitatem (Jerome on Ezek 23:23), not charioteers (see my Com. on 3Kings 9:22). According to Ex 14:9, the army raised by Pharaoh consisted of chariot horses (רכב סוּס), riding horses (פּרשׁים, lit., runners, 3Kings 5:6), and חיל, the men belonging to them. War chariots and cavalry were always the leading force of the Egyptians (cf. Is 31:1; Is 36:9). Three times (Ex 14:4, Ex 14:8, and Ex 14:17) it is stated that Jehovah hardened Pharaoh's heart, so that he pursued the Israelites, to show that God had decreed this hardening, to glorify Himself in the judgment and death of the proud king, who would not honour God, the Holy One, in his life. "And the children of Israel were going out with a high hand:" Ex 14:8. is a conditional clause in the sense of, "although they went out" (Ewald, 341). רמה יד, the high hand, is the high hand of Jehovah with the might which it displayed (Is 26:11), not the armed hand of the Israelites. This is the meaning also in Num 33:3; it is different in Num 15:30. The very fact that Pharaoh did not discern the lifting up of Jehovah's hand in the exodus of Israel displayed the hardening of his heart. "Beside Pihachiroth:" see Ex 14:2.
John Gill
14:3 For Pharaoh will say of the children of Israel,.... The Septuagint version adds, "to his people", his ministers and courtiers, when he hears where they are:
they are entangled in the land; have lost their way, and got into places they cannot easily get out of, and are perplexed in their minds, and do not know what way to take or course to steer:
the wilderness hath shut them in; or, "shut up the way to them" (n); the wilderness between the mountains the above mentioned traveller speaks of (o) the mountains of Gewoubee; these would stop their flight or progress to the southward, as those of the Attackah would do the same towards the land of the Philistines; the Red sea likewise lay before them to the east, while Pharaoh (could) close up the valley behind them, with his chariots and his horsemen; and which, no doubt, appeared very advantageous and encouraging to him, as it must be very distressing to the Israelites.
(n) "clausit viam illis", Pagninus, "praeclusit sese illis", Vatablus. (o) Dr. Shaw's Travels, p. 309. Ed. 2.
John Wesley
14:3 They are entangled - Inclosed with mountains, and garrisons, and deserts.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:3 the wilderness hath shut them in--Pharaoh, who would eagerly watch their movements, was now satisfied that they were meditating flight, and he naturally thought from the error into which they appeared to have fallen by entering that defile, he could intercept them. He believed them now entirely in his power, the mountain chain being on one side, the sea on the other, so that, if he pursued them in the rear, escape seemed impossible.
14:414:4: Եւ ես խստացուցի՛ց զսիրտն փարաւոնի եւ պնդեսցի զհետ դոցա։
4 Ես պիտի կարծրացնեմ փարաւոնի սիրտը, նա պիտի հետապնդի նրանց,
4 Փարաւոնին սիրտը պիտի կարծրացնեմ ու ձեր ետեւէն պիտի իյնայ ու ես Փարաւոնին վրայ եւ անոր բոլոր զօրքերուն վրայ պիտի փառաւորուիմ, Եգիպտացիները պիտի գիտնան թէ՝ ես եմ Տէրը»։ Անոնք այնպէս ըրին։
Եւ ես խստացուցից զսիրտն փարաւոնի եւ պնդեսցի զհետ դոցա. եւ փառաւորեցայց ի փարաւոն, եւ յամենայն զօրս նորա, եւ ծանիցեն [184]ամենայն Եգիպտացիքն թէ ես եմ Տէր: Եւ արարին այնպէս:

14:4: Եւ ես խստացուցի՛ց զսիրտն փարաւոնի եւ պնդեսցի զհետ դոցա։
4 Ես պիտի կարծրացնեմ փարաւոնի սիրտը, նա պիտի հետապնդի նրանց,
4 Փարաւոնին սիրտը պիտի կարծրացնեմ ու ձեր ետեւէն պիտի իյնայ ու ես Փարաւոնին վրայ եւ անոր բոլոր զօրքերուն վրայ պիտի փառաւորուիմ, Եգիպտացիները պիտի գիտնան թէ՝ ես եմ Տէրը»։ Անոնք այնպէս ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:44: А Я ожесточу сердце фараона, и он погонится за ними, и покажу славу Мою на фараоне и на всем войске его; и познают Египтяне, что Я Господь. И сделали так.
14:4 ἐγὼ εγω I δὲ δε though; while σκληρυνῶ σκληρυνω harden τὴν ο the καρδίαν καρδια heart Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao καὶ και and; even καταδιώξεται καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐνδοξασθήσομαι ενδοξαζω make glorious ἐν εν in Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in πάσῃ πας all; every τῇ ο the στρατιᾷ στρατια army αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even ἐποίησαν ποιεω do; make οὕτως ουτως so; this way
14:4 וְ wᵊ וְ and חִזַּקְתִּ֣י ḥizzaqtˈî חזק be strong אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] לֵב־ lēv- לֵב heart פַּרְעֹה֮ parʕō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh וְ wᵊ וְ and רָדַ֣ף rāḏˈaf רדף pursue אַחֲרֵיהֶם֒ ʔaḥᵃrêhˌem אַחַר after וְ wᵊ וְ and אִכָּבְדָ֤ה ʔikkāvᵊḏˈā כבד be heavy בְּ bᵊ בְּ in פַרְעֹה֙ farʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole חֵילֹ֔ו ḥêlˈô חַיִל power וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדְע֥וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וַ wa וְ and יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־ yyˈaʕᵃśû- עשׂה make כֵֽן׃ ḵˈēn כֵּן thus
14:4. et indurabo cor eius ac persequetur vos et glorificabor in Pharao et in omni exercitu eius scientque Aegyptii quia ego sum Dominus feceruntque itaAnd I shall harden his heart and he will pursue you: and I shall be glorified in Pharao, and in all his army: and the Egyptians shall know that I am the Lord. And they did so.
4. And I will harden Pharaoh’s heart, and he shall follow after them; and I will get me honour upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host; and the Egyptians shall know that I am the LORD. And they did so.
14:4. And I will harden his heart, and so he will pursue you. And I will be glorified in Pharaoh, and in all his army. And the Egyptians will know that I am the Lord.” And they did so.
14:4. And I will harden Pharaoh’s heart, that he shall follow after them; and I will be honoured upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host; that the Egyptians may know that I [am] the LORD. And they did so.
And I will harden Pharaoh' s heart, that he shall follow after them; and I will be honoured upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host; that the Egyptians may know that I [am] the LORD. And they did so:

4: А Я ожесточу сердце фараона, и он погонится за ними, и покажу славу Мою на фараоне и на всем войске его; и познают Египтяне, что Я Господь. И сделали так.
14:4
ἐγὼ εγω I
δὲ δε though; while
σκληρυνῶ σκληρυνω harden
τὴν ο the
καρδίαν καρδια heart
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
καὶ και and; even
καταδιώξεται καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐνδοξασθήσομαι ενδοξαζω make glorious
ἐν εν in
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
πάσῃ πας all; every
τῇ ο the
στρατιᾷ στρατια army
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
ἐποίησαν ποιεω do; make
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
14:4
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חִזַּקְתִּ֣י ḥizzaqtˈî חזק be strong
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
לֵב־ lēv- לֵב heart
פַּרְעֹה֮ parʕō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רָדַ֣ף rāḏˈaf רדף pursue
אַחֲרֵיהֶם֒ ʔaḥᵃrêhˌem אַחַר after
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִכָּבְדָ֤ה ʔikkāvᵊḏˈā כבד be heavy
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
פַרְעֹה֙ farʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
חֵילֹ֔ו ḥêlˈô חַיִל power
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדְע֥וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וַ wa וְ and
יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־ yyˈaʕᵃśû- עשׂה make
כֵֽן׃ ḵˈēn כֵּן thus
14:4. et indurabo cor eius ac persequetur vos et glorificabor in Pharao et in omni exercitu eius scientque Aegyptii quia ego sum Dominus feceruntque ita
And I shall harden his heart and he will pursue you: and I shall be glorified in Pharao, and in all his army: and the Egyptians shall know that I am the Lord. And they did so.
14:4. And I will harden his heart, and so he will pursue you. And I will be glorified in Pharaoh, and in all his army. And the Egyptians will know that I am the Lord.” And they did so.
14:4. And I will harden Pharaoh’s heart, that he shall follow after them; and I will be honoured upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host; that the Egyptians may know that I [am] the LORD. And they did so.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
4-5: Движение евреев от Раамсеса к Сокхофу, от него к Ефаму и отсюда по западной стороне Чермного моря потребовало, то крайней мере, трех дневных переходов. И поскольку оно не закончилось принесением жертвы Богу, постольку продолжалось больший срок, чем определяли продолжительность пути в пустыню Моисей и Аарон (5:3). В виду этого египтяне вполне правильно определили цель исхода; «бежал народ», в зависимости от чего и возникло сожаление о потере даровых рабов.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:4: I will harden Pharaoh's heart - After relenting and giving them permission to depart, he now changes his mind and determines to prevent them; and without any farther restraining grace, God permits him to rush on to his final ruin, for the cup of his iniquity was now full.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:4: harden: Exo 14:8, Exo 14:17, Exo 4:21-31, Exo 7:3, Exo 7:13, Exo 7:14; Rom 11:8
I will be: Exo 14:18, Exo 9:16, Exo 15:10, Exo 15:11, Exo 15:14-16, Exo 18:11; Neh 9:10; Isa 2:11, Isa 2:12; Eze 20:9; Eze 28:22, Eze 39:13; Dan 4:30-37; Rom 9:17, Rom 9:22, Rom 9:23; Rev 19:1-6
that the Egyptians: Exo 7:5, Exo 7:17
Geneva 1599
14:4 And I will harden Pharaoh's heart, that he shall follow after them; and I will (c) be honoured upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host; that the Egyptians may know that I [am] the LORD. And they did so.
(c) By punishing his obstinate rebellion.
John Gill
14:4 And I will harden Pharaoh's heart,.... Once more, as he had often done:
that he shall follow after them: to Pihahiroth, and even into the sea after them:
and I will be honoured upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host; in his wisdom, faithfulness, power, and justice, by the destruction of them:
that the Egyptians may know that I am the Lord; the only Jehovah, the Lord God omnipotent; even those that feel the weight of his hand while troubling their host, and bringing the waters upon them; especially those that shall remain in the land, and will not be involved in the catastrophe:
and they did so: the Israelites turned to the right to Pihahiroth, instead of going by Bishbesh and Tinah (Bubastis and Pelusium), and so along the sea coast towards Gaza and Ascalon, and encamped there between Migdol and the sea over against Baalzephon, as they were ordered and directed.
14:514:5: Եւ փառաւորեցա՛յց ՚ի փարաւոն եւ յամենայն զօրս նորա. եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն Եգիպտացիքն թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր։ Եւ արարին ա՛յնպէս։
5 իսկ ես պիտի փառաւորուեմ փարաւոնի ու նրա ամբողջ զօրքի առաջ: Եւ բոլոր եգիպտացիները պիտի իմանան, որ ե՛ս եմ Տէրը»: Եւ այդպէս էլ արեցին:
5 Եգիպտոսի թագաւորին պատմուեցաւ թէ՝ ժողովուրդը փախաւ։ Եւ Փարաւոնին ու անոր ծառաներուն սիրտը ժողովուրդին դէմ դարձաւ ու ըսին. «Մենք ինչո՞ւ ըրինք այս բանը ու թողուցինք որ Իսրայէլը ծառայութենէն հեռանայ»։
Եւ ազդ եղեւ արքային Եգիպտացւոց եթէ փախեաւ ժողովուրդն. եւ շրջեցաւ սիրտն փարաւոնի եւ ծառայից իւրոց ի վերայ ժողովրդեանն, եւ ասեն. Զի՞նչ գործեցաք զայն, զի արձակեցաք զորդիսն Իսրայելի, զի մի՛ ծառայեսցեն մեզ:

14:5: Եւ փառաւորեցա՛յց ՚ի փարաւոն եւ յամենայն զօրս նորա. եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն Եգիպտացիքն թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր։ Եւ արարին ա՛յնպէս։
5 իսկ ես պիտի փառաւորուեմ փարաւոնի ու նրա ամբողջ զօրքի առաջ: Եւ բոլոր եգիպտացիները պիտի իմանան, որ ե՛ս եմ Տէրը»: Եւ այդպէս էլ արեցին:
5 Եգիպտոսի թագաւորին պատմուեցաւ թէ՝ ժողովուրդը փախաւ։ Եւ Փարաւոնին ու անոր ծառաներուն սիրտը ժողովուրդին դէմ դարձաւ ու ըսին. «Մենք ինչո՞ւ ըրինք այս բանը ու թողուցինք որ Իսրայէլը ծառայութենէն հեռանայ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:55: И возвещено было царю Египетскому, что народ бежал; и обратилось сердце фараона и рабов его против народа сего, и они сказали: что это мы сделали? зачем отпустили Израильтян, чтобы они не работали нам?
14:5 καὶ και and; even ἀνηγγέλη αναγγελλω announce τῷ ο the βασιλεῖ βασιλευς monarch; king τῶν ο the Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian ὅτι οτι since; that πέφευγεν φευγω flee ὁ ο the λαός λαος populace; population καὶ και and; even μετεστράφη μεταστρεφω reverse ἡ ο the καρδία καρδια heart Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao καὶ και and; even τῶν ο the θεραπόντων θεραπων minister αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸν ο the λαόν λαος populace; population καὶ και and; even εἶπαν επω say; speak τί τις.1 who?; what? τοῦτο ουτος this; he ἐποιήσαμεν ποιεω do; make τοῦ ο the ἐξαποστεῖλαι εξαποστελλω send forth τοὺς ο the υἱοὺς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel τοῦ ο the μὴ μη not δουλεύειν δουλευω give allegiance; subject ἡμῖν ημιν us
14:5 וַ wa וְ and יֻּגַּד֙ yyuggˌaḏ נגד report לְ lᵊ לְ to מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that בָרַ֖ח vārˌaḥ ברח run away הָ hā הַ the עָ֑ם ʕˈām עַם people וַ֠ wa וְ and יֵּהָפֵךְ yyēhāfēḵ הפך turn לְבַ֨ב lᵊvˌav לֵבָב heart פַּרְעֹ֤ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh וַ wa וְ and עֲבָדָיו֙ ʕᵃvāḏāʸw עֶבֶד servant אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people וַ wa וְ and יֹּֽאמרוּ֙ yyˈōmrû אמר say מַה־ mah- מָה what זֹּ֣את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this עָשִׂ֔ינוּ ʕāśˈînû עשׂה make כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ šillˌaḥnû שׁלח send אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel מֵ mē מִן from עָבְדֵֽנוּ׃ ʕāvᵊḏˈēnû עבד work, serve
14:5. et nuntiatum est regi Aegyptiorum quod fugisset populus inmutatumque est cor Pharaonis et servorum eius super populo et dixerunt quid voluimus facere ut dimitteremus Israhel ne serviret nobisAnd it was told the king of the Egyptians that the people was fled: and the heart of Pharao and of his servants was changed with regard to the people, and they said: What meant we to do, that we let Israel go from serving us?
5. And it was told the king of Egypt that the people were fled: and the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants was changed towards the people, and they said, What is this we have done, that we have let Israel go from serving us?
14:5. And it was reported to the king of the Egyptians that the people had fled. And the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants was changed about the people, and they said, “What did we intend to do, so that we released Israel from serving us?”
14:5. And it was told the king of Egypt that the people fled: and the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants was turned against the people, and they said, Why have we done this, that we have let Israel go from serving us?
And it was told the king of Egypt that the people fled: and the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants was turned against the people, and they said, Why have we done this, that we have let Israel go from serving us:

5: И возвещено было царю Египетскому, что народ бежал; и обратилось сердце фараона и рабов его против народа сего, и они сказали: что это мы сделали? зачем отпустили Израильтян, чтобы они не работали нам?
14:5
καὶ και and; even
ἀνηγγέλη αναγγελλω announce
τῷ ο the
βασιλεῖ βασιλευς monarch; king
τῶν ο the
Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ὅτι οτι since; that
πέφευγεν φευγω flee
ο the
λαός λαος populace; population
καὶ και and; even
μετεστράφη μεταστρεφω reverse
ο the
καρδία καρδια heart
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
καὶ και and; even
τῶν ο the
θεραπόντων θεραπων minister
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸν ο the
λαόν λαος populace; population
καὶ και and; even
εἶπαν επω say; speak
τί τις.1 who?; what?
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
ἐποιήσαμεν ποιεω do; make
τοῦ ο the
ἐξαποστεῖλαι εξαποστελλω send forth
τοὺς ο the
υἱοὺς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
τοῦ ο the
μὴ μη not
δουλεύειν δουλευω give allegiance; subject
ἡμῖν ημιν us
14:5
וַ wa וְ and
יֻּגַּד֙ yyuggˌaḏ נגד report
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
בָרַ֖ח vārˌaḥ ברח run away
הָ הַ the
עָ֑ם ʕˈām עַם people
וַ֠ wa וְ and
יֵּהָפֵךְ yyēhāfēḵ הפך turn
לְבַ֨ב lᵊvˌav לֵבָב heart
פַּרְעֹ֤ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
וַ wa וְ and
עֲבָדָיו֙ ʕᵃvāḏāʸw עֶבֶד servant
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
עָ֔ם ʕˈām עַם people
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּֽאמרוּ֙ yyˈōmrû אמר say
מַה־ mah- מָה what
זֹּ֣את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
עָשִׂ֔ינוּ ʕāśˈînû עשׂה make
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ šillˌaḥnû שׁלח send
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
מֵ מִן from
עָבְדֵֽנוּ׃ ʕāvᵊḏˈēnû עבד work, serve
14:5. et nuntiatum est regi Aegyptiorum quod fugisset populus inmutatumque est cor Pharaonis et servorum eius super populo et dixerunt quid voluimus facere ut dimitteremus Israhel ne serviret nobis
And it was told the king of the Egyptians that the people was fled: and the heart of Pharao and of his servants was changed with regard to the people, and they said: What meant we to do, that we let Israel go from serving us?
14:5. And it was reported to the king of the Egyptians that the people had fled. And the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants was changed about the people, and they said, “What did we intend to do, so that we released Israel from serving us?”
14:5. And it was told the king of Egypt that the people fled: and the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants was turned against the people, and they said, Why have we done this, that we have let Israel go from serving us?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:5: And it was told the king - that the people fled - Of their departure he could not be ignorant, because himself had given them liberty to depart: but the word fled here may be understood as implying that they had utterly left Egypt without any intention to return, which is probably what he did not expect, for he had only given them permission to go three days' journey into the wilderness, in order to sacrifice to Jehovah; but from the circumstances of their departure, and the property they had got from the Egyptians, it was taken for granted that they had no design to return; and this was in all likelihood the consideration that weighed most with this avaricious king, and determined him to pursue, and either recover the spoil or bring them back, or both. Thus the heart of Pharaoh and his servants was turned against the people, and they said, Why have we let Israel go from serving us? Here was the grand incentive to pursuit; their service was profitable to the state, and they were determined not to give it up.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:5: The people fled - This was a natural inference from the change of direction, which indicated a determination to escape from Egypt. Up to the time when that information reached Pharaoh both he and his people understood that the Israelites would return after keeping a festival in the district adjoining Etham. From Etham the intelligence would be forwarded by the commander of the garrison to Rameses in less than a day, and the cavalry, a highly-disciplined force, would be ready for immediate departure.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:5: and the heart: Exo 12:33; Psa 105:25
Why have we: Jer 34:10-17; Luk 11:24-26; Pe2 2:20-22
John Gill
14:5 And it was told the king of Egypt,.... By some of the Egyptians, or mixed multitude that went out with Israel, but returned upon their encampment at the Red sea, or by some spies Pharaoh sent with them to observe their motions: the Targums of Jonathan and Jarchi make use of a word which Buxtorf translates military officers: and the latter says, they went out with them the three days' journey, but the Israelites not returning to Egypt (as expected), they tell Pharaoh of it the fourth day; and on the fifth and sixth he pursued them, and in the night of the seventh went into the sea after them, and on the morning they (the Israelites) sung the song, which was the seventh of the passover: these reported to Pharaoh:
that the people fled; that under a pretence of going three days' journey into the wilderness, to serve and sacrifice to the Lord, they were about to make their escape out of the land:
and the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants were turned against the people; who had so much favour in their sight, not only to give them leave to go, and to hasten their departure, but to lend and give them things of great value; but now their hearts were filled with hatred of them, and with malice and revenge:
and they said, why have we done this, that we have let Israel go from serving us? not Pharaoh only, but his servants said so, even those who had entreated him to let them go, Ex 10:7 yet now repent of it, and cannot think what reason they had to do it, when at that time they saw reason, and gave a very sufficient one, namely, the destruction of Egypt; but now the judgments and plagues of God being no more upon them, they recollect the great service of the Israelites to them and the benefits and advantages they had reaped by it, and the loss they had sustained by parting with them, and therefore reflect upon themselves for such a piece of conduct.
John Wesley
14:5 And it was told the king that the people fled - He either forgot, or would not own that they had departed with his consent; and therefore was willing it should be represented to him as a revolt from their allegiance.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:5 the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants was turned against the people, &c.--Alas, how soon the obduracy of this reprobate king reappears! He had been convinced, but not converted--overawed, but not sanctified by the appalling judgments of heaven. He bitterly repented of what he now thought a hasty concession. Pride and revenge, the honor of his kingdom, and the interests of his subjects, all prompted him to recall his permission to reclaim those runaway slaves and force them to their wonted labor. Strange that he should yet allow such considerations to obliterate or outweigh all his painful experience of the danger of oppressing that people. But those whom the Lord has doomed to destruction are first infatuated by sin.
14:614:6: Եւ ա՛զդ եղեւ արքային Եգիպտացւոց եթէ փախեաւ ժողովուրդն։ Եւ շրջեցաւ սիրտն փարաւոնի՝ եւ ծառայից իւրոց ՚ի վերայ ժողովրդեանն, եւ ասեն. Զի՞նչ գործեցաք զայն զի արձակեցաք զորդիսն Իսրայէլի, զի մի՛ ծառայեսցեն մեզ։
6 Եգիպտացիների արքային յայտնեցին, թէ՝ «Ժողովուրդը փախել է»: Փարաւոնի ու նրա պաշտօնեաների սրտերն ըմբոստացան ժողովրդի դէմ, եւ նրանք ասացին. «Այդ ի՞նչ արեցինք, ինչո՞ւ թոյլ տուեցինք, որ իսրայէլացիները գնան, եւ մենք զրկուենք մեր ստրուկներից»:
6 Փարաւոն իր կառքը պատրաստեց, ժողովուրդը իրեն հետ առաւ։
Եւ հանդերձեաց փարաւոն զկառս իւր, եւ [185]տարաւ ընդ իւր զամենայն ժողովուրդն`` իւր:

14:6: Եւ ա՛զդ եղեւ արքային Եգիպտացւոց եթէ փախեաւ ժողովուրդն։ Եւ շրջեցաւ սիրտն փարաւոնի՝ եւ ծառայից իւրոց ՚ի վերայ ժողովրդեանն, եւ ասեն. Զի՞նչ գործեցաք զայն զի արձակեցաք զորդիսն Իսրայէլի, զի մի՛ ծառայեսցեն մեզ։
6 Եգիպտացիների արքային յայտնեցին, թէ՝ «Ժողովուրդը փախել է»: Փարաւոնի ու նրա պաշտօնեաների սրտերն ըմբոստացան ժողովրդի դէմ, եւ նրանք ասացին. «Այդ ի՞նչ արեցինք, ինչո՞ւ թոյլ տուեցինք, որ իսրայէլացիները գնան, եւ մենք զրկուենք մեր ստրուկներից»:
6 Փարաւոն իր կառքը պատրաստեց, ժողովուրդը իրեն հետ առաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:66: [Фараон] запряг колесницу свою и народ свой взял с собою;
14:6 ἔζευξεν ζευγνυω then Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao τὰ ο the ἅρματα αρμα chariot αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even πάντα πας all; every τὸν ο the λαὸν λαος populace; population αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him συναπήγαγεν συναπαγω head off with; lead off with μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid ἑαυτοῦ εαυτου of himself; his own
14:6 וַ wa וְ and יֶּאְסֹ֖ר yyesˌōr אסר bind אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] רִכְבֹּ֑ו riḵbˈô רֶכֶב chariot וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עַמֹּ֖ו ʕammˌô עַם people לָקַ֥ח lāqˌaḥ לקח take עִמֹּֽו׃ ʕimmˈô עִם with
14:6. iunxit ergo currum et omnem populum suum adsumpsit secumSo he made ready his chariot, and took all his people with him.
6. And he made ready his chariot, and took his people with him:
14:6. Therefore, he harnessed his chariot, and he took all his people with him.
14:6. And he made ready his chariot, and took his people with him:
And he made ready his chariot, and took his people with him:

6: [Фараон] запряг колесницу свою и народ свой взял с собою;
14:6
ἔζευξεν ζευγνυω then
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
τὰ ο the
ἅρματα αρμα chariot
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
πάντα πας all; every
τὸν ο the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
συναπήγαγεν συναπαγω head off with; lead off with
μεθ᾿ μετα with; amid
ἑαυτοῦ εαυτου of himself; his own
14:6
וַ wa וְ and
יֶּאְסֹ֖ר yyesˌōr אסר bind
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
רִכְבֹּ֑ו riḵbˈô רֶכֶב chariot
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עַמֹּ֖ו ʕammˌô עַם people
לָקַ֥ח lāqˌaḥ לקח take
עִמֹּֽו׃ ʕimmˈô עִם with
14:6. iunxit ergo currum et omnem populum suum adsumpsit secum
So he made ready his chariot, and took all his people with him.
14:6. Therefore, he harnessed his chariot, and he took all his people with him.
14:6. And he made ready his chariot, and took his people with him:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
6: Это чувство под влиянием сложившегося у фараона убеждения в безвыходности положения евреев (3) переходит в быструю решимость вернуть их. Снаряжается погоня. В ее состав вошли «шестьсот отборных, собственно военных колесниц», всякая колесница египетская, т. е. колесницы, сколько-нибудь пригодные для воинов, и, наконец, «тристаты». На каждую колесницу были назначены три человека, двое для сражения, третий для управления лошадьми.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:6: people: Exo 14:23; Num 21:23; Deu 2:32, Deu 3:1
John Gill
14:6 And he made ready his chariot,.... Which he usually rode in when he went forth to war; for this seems to be a military chariot, and not for show or grandeur; and this was got ready not by himself, as Jarchi, but rather by his orders, as Aben Ezra:
and took his people with him; the Greek version reads, "all his people"; not all his subjects, but his soldiers; at least a great number, and especially his cavalry.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:6 he made ready his chariot--His preparations for an immediate and hot pursuit are here described: A difference is made between "the chosen chariots" and "the chariots of Egypt." The first evidently composed the king's guard, amounting to six hundred, and they are called "chosen," literally, "third men"; three men being allotted to each chariot, the charioteer and two warriors. As to "the chariots of Egypt," the common cars contained only two persons, one for driving and the other for fighting; sometimes only one person was in the chariot, the driver lashed the reins round his body and fought; infantry being totally unsuitable for a rapid pursuit, and the Egyptians having had no cavalry, the word "riders" is in the grammatical connection applied to war chariots employed, and these were of light construction, open behind, and hung on small wheels.
14:714:7: Եւ հանդերձեաց փարաւոն զկառս իւր. եւ տարաւ ընդ իւր զամենայն ժողովուրդն իւր. եւ ա՛ռ վեցհարիւր կառս ընտիրս, եւ զամենայն երիվարս Եգիպտացւոց, եւ սպառազէ՛նս ՚ի վերայ ամենեցուն[617]։ [617] Յօրինակին՝ անունս Երիվար, ուրեք ուրեք ՚ի գիրս յայս եւ ՚ի յաջորդս՝ գրեալ էր երիւար. զոր մեք յամենայնի միապէս եդաք ըստ սովորականին։
7 Փարաւոնը լծեց իր կառքը եւ իր հետ տարաւ իր ամբողջ ժողովրդին: Նա վերցրեց վեց հարիւր ընտիր կառքեր, եգիպտացիների ամբողջ հեծելազօրն ու դրանց զօրավարներին:
7 Վեց հարիւր ընտիր կառքեր ու Եգիպտոսի բոլոր կառքերը եւ անոնց ամէն մէկուն մէջ ոստիկաններ առաւ։
Եւ առ վեց հարեւր կառս ընտիրս, եւ զամենայն [186]երիվարս Եգիպտացւոց, եւ սպառազէնս ի վերայ ամենեցուն:

14:7: Եւ հանդերձեաց փարաւոն զկառս իւր. եւ տարաւ ընդ իւր զամենայն ժողովուրդն իւր. եւ ա՛ռ վեցհարիւր կառս ընտիրս, եւ զամենայն երիվարս Եգիպտացւոց, եւ սպառազէ՛նս ՚ի վերայ ամենեցուն[617]։
[617] Յօրինակին՝ անունս Երիվար, ուրեք ուրեք ՚ի գիրս յայս եւ ՚ի յաջորդս՝ գրեալ էր երիւար. զոր մեք յամենայնի միապէս եդաք ըստ սովորականին։
7 Փարաւոնը լծեց իր կառքը եւ իր հետ տարաւ իր ամբողջ ժողովրդին: Նա վերցրեց վեց հարիւր ընտիր կառքեր, եգիպտացիների ամբողջ հեծելազօրն ու դրանց զօրավարներին:
7 Վեց հարիւր ընտիր կառքեր ու Եգիպտոսի բոլոր կառքերը եւ անոնց ամէն մէկուն մէջ ոստիկաններ առաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:77: и взял шестьсот колесниц отборных и все колесницы Египетские, и начальников над всеми ими.
14:7 καὶ και and; even λαβὼν λαμβανω take; get ἑξακόσια εξακοσιοι six hundred ἅρματα αρμα chariot ἐκλεκτὰ εκλεκτος select; choice καὶ και and; even πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the ἵππον ιππος horse τῶν ο the Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian καὶ και and; even τριστάτας τριστατης in; on πάντων πας all; every
14:7 וַ wa וְ and יִּקַּ֗ח yyiqqˈaḥ לקח take שֵׁשׁ־ šēš- שֵׁשׁ six מֵאֹ֥ות mēʔˌôṯ מֵאָה hundred רֶ֨כֶב֙ rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot בָּח֔וּר bāḥˈûr בחר examine וְ wᵊ וְ and כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole רֶ֣כֶב rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁלִשִׁ֖ם šālišˌim שָׁלִישׁ adjutant עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon כֻּלֹּֽו׃ kullˈô כֹּל whole
14:7. tulitque sescentos currus electos quicquid in Aegypto curruum fuit et duces totius exercitusAnd he took six hundred chosen chariots, and all the chariots that were in Egypt: and the captains of the whole army.
7. and he took six hundred chosen chariots, and all the chariots of Egypt, and captains over all of them.
14:7. And he took six hundred chosen chariots, and whatever chariots were in Egypt, and also the leaders of the whole army.
14:7. And he took six hundred chosen chariots, and all the chariots of Egypt, and captains over every one of them.
And he took six hundred chosen chariots, and all the chariots of Egypt, and captains over every one of them:

7: и взял шестьсот колесниц отборных и все колесницы Египетские, и начальников над всеми ими.
14:7
καὶ και and; even
λαβὼν λαμβανω take; get
ἑξακόσια εξακοσιοι six hundred
ἅρματα αρμα chariot
ἐκλεκτὰ εκλεκτος select; choice
καὶ και and; even
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
ἵππον ιππος horse
τῶν ο the
Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
καὶ και and; even
τριστάτας τριστατης in; on
πάντων πας all; every
14:7
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקַּ֗ח yyiqqˈaḥ לקח take
שֵׁשׁ־ šēš- שֵׁשׁ six
מֵאֹ֥ות mēʔˌôṯ מֵאָה hundred
רֶ֨כֶב֙ rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot
בָּח֔וּר bāḥˈûr בחר examine
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כֹ֖ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
רֶ֣כֶב rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot
מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁלִשִׁ֖ם šālišˌim שָׁלִישׁ adjutant
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
כֻּלֹּֽו׃ kullˈô כֹּל whole
14:7. tulitque sescentos currus electos quicquid in Aegypto curruum fuit et duces totius exercitus
And he took six hundred chosen chariots, and all the chariots that were in Egypt: and the captains of the whole army.
14:7. And he took six hundred chosen chariots, and whatever chariots were in Egypt, and also the leaders of the whole army.
14:7. And he took six hundred chosen chariots, and all the chariots of Egypt, and captains over every one of them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
7-20: Первый момент обещанной божественной помощи, чуда состоял в отделении евреев от настигавших их египтян. Оно было совершено благодаря тому, что облачный столп, который шел до этого времени впереди евреев, стал теперь посредине между ними и египтянами. В новом положении он производил оба свои действия: обращенный темной стороной к египтянам и светлой к евреям, он скрывал от первых еврейский стан, а вторым освещал путь. Подобную мысль выражает еврейский текст и согласный с ним русский. Такого же понимания держатся Акила и Таргум Онкелоса. В противоположность этому текст LXX, согласно со свидетельством Нав 24:7, говорит об одном действии — распространении мрака. Когда столп был между станами, «бысть тьма и бысть мрак, и прииде ночь». (Если учесть, что египтяне были на запад от евреев — то вполне реально, что одно и тоже облако, находящееся между ними, со стороны египтян заслоняло солнце и производило ощущение ночи, со стороны же евреев — отражало солнце и еще более усиливало солнечное освещение. Прим. ред.)
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:7: Six hundred chosen chariots, etc. - According to the most authentic accounts we have of war-chariots, they were frequently drawn by two or by four horses, and carried three persons: one was charioteer, whose business it was to guide the horses, but he seldom fought; the second chiefly defended the charioteer; and the third alone was properly the combatant. It appears that in this case Pharaoh had collected all the cavalry of Egypt; (see Exo 14:17); and though these might not have been very numerous, yet, humanly speaking, they might easily overcome the unarmed and encumbered Israelites, who could not be supposed to be able to make any resistance against cavalry and war-chariots.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:7: Six hundred chosen chariots - The Egyptian army comprised large numbers of chariots, each drawn by two horses, with two men, one bearing the shield and driving, the other fully armed. The horses were thoroughbred, renowned for strength and spirit. Chariots are first represented on the monuments of the 18th dynasty. By "all the chariots of Egypt" we are to understand all that were stationed in Lower Egypt, most of them probably at Rameses and other frontier garrisons near the headquarters of Pharaoh.
Captains - The word שׁלישׁ shâ lı̂ ysh, literally "third or thirtieth," may represent an Egyptian title. The king had about him a council of thirty, each of whom bore a title, Mapu, a "thirty man." The word occurs frequently in the Books of Kings. David seems to have organized the Shalishim as a distinct corps (see Sa2 23:8 Hebrew), retaining the old name, and adopting the Egyptian system.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:7: Exo 14:23, Exo 15:4; Jos 17:16-18; Jdg 4:3, Jdg 4:15; Psa 20:7, Psa 68:17; Isa 37:24
Geneva 1599
14:7 And he took six hundred chosen chariots, and (d) all the chariots of Egypt, and captains over every one of them.
(d) Josephus writes that besides those chariots, there were 50,000 horsemen, and 80,000 footmen.
John Gill
14:7 And he took six hundred chosen chariots,.... The chief and best he had, war chariots, chariots of iron; perhaps such as had iron scythes to them, to cut down men as they drove along; these were taken partly for quickness of dispatch, that they might be able the sooner to overtake the Israelites, who had got several days' marches before them; and partly for their strength and the annoyance of their enemies with them:
and all the chariots of Egypt: as many as could in so short a time be got together: for the words are not to be taken in the utmost latitude, but to signify a great number, and all that could be conveniently come at: the Greek version is, "all the horse", the cavalry, which better distinguishes them from the former:
and captains over everyone of them: over everyone of the chariots, so that they must each of them have many in them, to have captains over them: and perhaps the infantry, or foot soldiers, for, quickness of expedition, were put into them; for, besides these, there were horsemen: Josephus (p) makes the whole number of his army to be 50,000 horse, and 200,000 foot, and the same number is given by a Jewish chronologer (q): but Patricides, an Arabic writer, says (r) it consisted of 600,000, and Ezekiel (s), the tragic poet, has made it amount to a million of horse and foot: should it be asked where horses could be had to draw the chariots, and horses for the horsemen after mentioned, when all were destroyed by the hail, Ex 9:25 it may be replied, that only those in the field were killed, not such as were in stables, where chariot horses and horses for war may be supposed to be: besides, as the Targum of Jonathan intimates, these might belong to these servants of Pharaoh who feared the word of the Lord, and took their cattle home, Ex 9:20.
(p) Antiqu. l. 2. c. 15. sect. 3. (q) Shalshalet Hakabala, fol. 77. 4. (r) Apud Hottinger. Smegma, p. 464. (s) Apud Euseb. ut supra. (Praepar. Evangel. c. 27. p. 436.)
John Wesley
14:7 Captains over every one of them - Or rather over all of them; distributing the command of them to his several Captains.
14:814:8: Եւ խստացոյց Տէր զսիրտն փարաւոնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց, եւ պնդեցաւ զհետ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի. եւ որդիքն Իսրայէլի ելանէին բարձրացեալ ձեռամբ։
8 Տէրը կարծրացրեց եգիպտացիների արքայ փարաւոնի սիրտը[27], եւ սա հետապնդեց իսրայէլացիներին: Իսրայէլացիները գնում էին՝ ձեռքները բարձր պահած: [27] 27. Եօթանասնից՝ եւ նրա պաշտօնեաների սիրտը:
8 Տէրը Եգիպտոսի Փարաւոն թագաւորին սիրտը կարծրացուց ու անիկա Իսրայէլի որդիներուն ետեւէն ինկաւ։ Իսրայէլի որդիները ձեռքերնին բարձրացնելով ելան։
Եւ խստացոյց Տէր զսիրտն փարաւոնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց, եւ պնդեցաւ զհետ որդւոցն Իսրայելի. եւ որդիքն Իսրայելի ելանէին բարձրացեալ ձեռամբ:

14:8: Եւ խստացոյց Տէր զսիրտն փարաւոնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց, եւ պնդեցաւ զհետ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի. եւ որդիքն Իսրայէլի ելանէին բարձրացեալ ձեռամբ։
8 Տէրը կարծրացրեց եգիպտացիների արքայ փարաւոնի սիրտը[27], եւ սա հետապնդեց իսրայէլացիներին: Իսրայէլացիները գնում էին՝ ձեռքները բարձր պահած:
[27] 27. Եօթանասնից՝ եւ նրա պաշտօնեաների սիրտը:
8 Տէրը Եգիպտոսի Փարաւոն թագաւորին սիրտը կարծրացուց ու անիկա Իսրայէլի որդիներուն ետեւէն ինկաւ։ Իսրայէլի որդիները ձեռքերնին բարձրացնելով ելան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:88: И ожесточил Господь сердце фараона, царя Египетского, и он погнался за сынами Израилевыми; сыны же Израилевы шли под рукою высокою.
14:8 καὶ και and; even ἐσκλήρυνεν σκληρυνω harden κύριος κυριος lord; master τὴν ο the καρδίαν καρδια heart Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even τῶν ο the θεραπόντων θεραπων minister αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κατεδίωξεν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel οἱ ο the δὲ δε though; while υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἐξεπορεύοντο εκπορευομαι emerge; travel out ἐν εν in χειρὶ χειρ hand ὑψηλῇ υψηλος high; lofty
14:8 וַ wa וְ and יְחַזֵּ֣ק yᵊḥazzˈēq חזק be strong יְהֹוָ֗ה [yᵊhôˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] לֵ֤ב lˈēv לֵב heart פַּרְעֹה֙ parʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וַ wa וְ and יִּרְדֹּ֕ף yyirdˈōf רדף pursue אַחֲרֵ֖י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וּ û וְ and בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel יֹצְאִ֖ים yōṣᵊʔˌîm יצא go out בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יָ֥ד yˌāḏ יָד hand רָמָֽה׃ rāmˈā רום be high
14:8. induravitque Dominus cor Pharaonis regis Aegypti et persecutus est filios Israhel at illi egressi erant in manu excelsaAnd the Lord hardened the heart of Pharao, king of Egypt, and he pursued the children of Israel; but they were gone forth in a mighty hand.
8. And the LORD hardened the heart of Pharaoh king of Egypt, and he pursued after the children of Israel, for the children of Israel went out with an high hand.
14:8. And the Lord hardened the heart of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, and he pursued the sons of Israel. But they were taken away by an exalted hand.
14:8. And the LORD hardened the heart of Pharaoh king of Egypt, and he pursued after the children of Israel: and the children of Israel went out with an high hand.
And the LORD hardened the heart of Pharaoh king of Egypt, and he pursued after the children of Israel: and the children of Israel went out with an high hand:

8: И ожесточил Господь сердце фараона, царя Египетского, и он погнался за сынами Израилевыми; сыны же Израилевы шли под рукою высокою.
14:8
καὶ και and; even
ἐσκλήρυνεν σκληρυνω harden
κύριος κυριος lord; master
τὴν ο the
καρδίαν καρδια heart
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
τῶν ο the
θεραπόντων θεραπων minister
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κατεδίωξεν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
οἱ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἐξεπορεύοντο εκπορευομαι emerge; travel out
ἐν εν in
χειρὶ χειρ hand
ὑψηλῇ υψηλος high; lofty
14:8
וַ wa וְ and
יְחַזֵּ֣ק yᵊḥazzˈēq חזק be strong
יְהֹוָ֗ה [yᵊhôˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
לֵ֤ב lˈēv לֵב heart
פַּרְעֹה֙ parʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וַ wa וְ and
יִּרְדֹּ֕ף yyirdˈōf רדף pursue
אַחֲרֵ֖י ʔaḥᵃrˌê אַחַר after
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
יֹצְאִ֖ים yōṣᵊʔˌîm יצא go out
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יָ֥ד yˌāḏ יָד hand
רָמָֽה׃ rāmˈā רום be high
14:8. induravitque Dominus cor Pharaonis regis Aegypti et persecutus est filios Israhel at illi egressi erant in manu excelsa
And the Lord hardened the heart of Pharao, king of Egypt, and he pursued the children of Israel; but they were gone forth in a mighty hand.
14:8. And the Lord hardened the heart of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, and he pursued the sons of Israel. But they were taken away by an exalted hand.
14:8. And the LORD hardened the heart of Pharaoh king of Egypt, and he pursued after the children of Israel: and the children of Israel went out with an high hand.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:8: the Lord: Exo 14:4
with an high hand: Exo 6:1, Exo 13:9, Exo 13:16, Exo 13:18; Num 33:3; Deu 26:8, Deu 32:27; Psa 86:13; Act 13:17
Geneva 1599
14:8 And the LORD hardened the heart of Pharaoh king of Egypt, and he pursued after the children of Israel: and the children of Israel went out with an (e) high hand.
(e) With great joy and boldness.
John Gill
14:8 And the Lord hardened the heart of Pharaoh king of Egypt,.... As he said he would, Ex 14:4,
and he pursued after the children of Israel; took their rout in pursuit of them:
and the children of Israel went out with an high hand: not once dreaming they should be pursued by Pharaoh as an enemy, when they went out with his full consent, and with such pressing solicitations to be gone, and with so much favour shown them by the Egyptians; wherefore they set out, and went on with great boldness, courage, and intrepidity; "with an uncovered head", as the Targum of Onkelos, without any fear, and with great alacrity and cheerfulness; they carried both their heads and their hands high, were fearless and thoughtless of any danger when this mighty preparation was making against them.
John Wesley
14:8 With an high hand - Boldly, resolutely.
14:914:9: Եւ պնդեցան Եգիպտացիքն զհետ նոցա, եւ գտին զնոսա բանակեալս առ ծովեզերբն. եւ ամենայն երիվարք՝ եւ կառք փարաւոնի, եւ հեծեալք նորա եւ զօրք նորա յանդիման Հանգրուանին. հանդէպ Բեէղսեպփոնայ։
9 Եգիպտացիները հետապնդեցին նրանց ու նրանց գտան ծովեզերքի մօտ՝ կայք հաստատած: Փարաւոնի ողջ հեծելազօրն ու կառքերը, նրա հեծեալներն ու բանակը կանգնեցին հանգրուանածների դիմաց, Բեէղսեպփոնի դէմ առ դէմ:
9 Եգիպտացիները անոնց ետեւէն ինկան։ Փարաւոնին բոլոր ձիերն ու կառքերը եւ անոր ձիաւորներն ու զօրքերը եւ հասան անոնց՝ երբ բանակած էին ծովուն մօտ՝ Փիաիրօթի քով, Բէեղսեփոնի առջեւ։
Եւ պնդեցան Եգիպտացիքն զհետ նոցա, եւ գտին զնոսա բանակեալս առ ծովեզերբն. եւ ամենայն երիվարք եւ կառք փարաւոնի եւ հեծեալք նորա եւ զօրք նորա յանդիման [187]Հանգրուանին, հանդէպ Բեէղսեպփովնայ:

14:9: Եւ պնդեցան Եգիպտացիքն զհետ նոցա, եւ գտին զնոսա բանակեալս առ ծովեզերբն. եւ ամենայն երիվարք՝ եւ կառք փարաւոնի, եւ հեծեալք նորա եւ զօրք նորա յանդիման Հանգրուանին. հանդէպ Բեէղսեպփոնայ։
9 Եգիպտացիները հետապնդեցին նրանց ու նրանց գտան ծովեզերքի մօտ՝ կայք հաստատած: Փարաւոնի ողջ հեծելազօրն ու կառքերը, նրա հեծեալներն ու բանակը կանգնեցին հանգրուանածների դիմաց, Բեէղսեպփոնի դէմ առ դէմ:
9 Եգիպտացիները անոնց ետեւէն ինկան։ Փարաւոնին բոլոր ձիերն ու կառքերը եւ անոր ձիաւորներն ու զօրքերը եւ հասան անոնց՝ երբ բանակած էին ծովուն մօտ՝ Փիաիրօթի քով, Բէեղսեփոնի առջեւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:99: И погнались за ними Египтяне, и все кони с колесницами фараона, и всадники, и всё войско его, и настигли их расположившихся у моря, при Пи-Гахирофе пред Ваал-Цефоном.
14:9 καὶ και and; even κατεδίωξαν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard οἱ ο the Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even εὕροσαν ευρισκω find αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him παρεμβεβληκότας παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose παρὰ παρα from; by τὴν ο the θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea καὶ και and; even πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the ἵππος ιππος horse καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the ἅρματα αρμα chariot Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἱππεῖς ιππευς cavalry; rider καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the στρατιὰ στρατια army αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary τῆς ο the ἐπαύλεως επαυλις lodge ἐξ εκ from; out of ἐναντίας εναντιος contrary; opposite Βεελσεπφων βεελσεπφων Beelsepphōn; Veelsepfon
14:9 וַ wa וְ and יִּרְדְּפ֨וּ yyirdᵊfˌû רדף pursue מִצְרַ֜יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt אַחֲרֵיהֶ֗ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after וַ wa וְ and יַּשִּׂ֤יגוּ yyaśśˈîḡû נשׂג overtake אֹותָם֙ ʔôṯˌām אֵת [object marker] חֹנִ֣ים ḥōnˈîm חנה encamp עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the יָּ֔ם yyˈom יָם sea כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole סוּס֙ sûs סוּס horse רֶ֣כֶב rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot פַּרְעֹ֔ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh וּ û וְ and פָרָשָׁ֖יו fārāšˌāʸw פָּרָשׁ horseman וְ wᵊ וְ and חֵילֹ֑ו ḥêlˈô חַיִל power עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פִּי֙ הַֽחִירֹ֔ת pî hˈaḥîrˈōṯ פִּי הַחִירֹות Pi Hahiroth לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face בַּ֥עַל צְפֹֽן׃ bˌaʕal ṣᵊfˈōn בַּעַל צְפֹן Baal Zephon
14:9. cumque persequerentur Aegyptii vestigia praecedentium reppererunt eos in castris super mare omnis equitatus et currus Pharaonis et universus exercitus erant in Ahiroth contra BeelsephonAnd when the Egyptians followed the steps of them who were gone before, they found them encamped at the sea side: all Pharao's horse and chariots and the whole army were in Phihahiroth, before Beelsephon.
9. And the Egyptians pursued after them, all the horses chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his army, and overtook them encamping by the sea, beside Pi-hahiroth, before Baal-zephon.
14:9. And when the Egyptians followed the footsteps of those who preceded them, they found them in a camp above the sea. All the horses and chariots of Pharaoh, and the entire army, were in Pihahiroth, opposite Baal-zephon.
14:9. But the Egyptians pursued after them, all the horses [and] chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his army, and overtook them encamping by the sea, beside Pihahiroth, before Baalzephon.
But the Egyptians pursued after them, all the horses [and] chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his army, and overtook them encamping by the sea, beside Pi- hahiroth, before Baal- zephon:

9: И погнались за ними Египтяне, и все кони с колесницами фараона, и всадники, и всё войско его, и настигли их расположившихся у моря, при Пи-Гахирофе пред Ваал-Цефоном.
14:9
καὶ και and; even
κατεδίωξαν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
οἱ ο the
Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
εὕροσαν ευρισκω find
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
παρεμβεβληκότας παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
παρὰ παρα from; by
τὴν ο the
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
καὶ και and; even
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
ἵππος ιππος horse
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
ἅρματα αρμα chariot
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἱππεῖς ιππευς cavalry; rider
καὶ και and; even
ο the
στρατιὰ στρατια army
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary
τῆς ο the
ἐπαύλεως επαυλις lodge
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ἐναντίας εναντιος contrary; opposite
Βεελσεπφων βεελσεπφων Beelsepphōn; Veelsepfon
14:9
וַ wa וְ and
יִּרְדְּפ֨וּ yyirdᵊfˌû רדף pursue
מִצְרַ֜יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
אַחֲרֵיהֶ֗ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after
וַ wa וְ and
יַּשִּׂ֤יגוּ yyaśśˈîḡû נשׂג overtake
אֹותָם֙ ʔôṯˌām אֵת [object marker]
חֹנִ֣ים ḥōnˈîm חנה encamp
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֔ם yyˈom יָם sea
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
סוּס֙ sûs סוּס horse
רֶ֣כֶב rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot
פַּרְעֹ֔ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
וּ û וְ and
פָרָשָׁ֖יו fārāšˌāʸw פָּרָשׁ horseman
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חֵילֹ֑ו ḥêlˈô חַיִל power
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פִּי֙ הַֽחִירֹ֔ת pî hˈaḥîrˈōṯ פִּי הַחִירֹות Pi Hahiroth
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
בַּ֥עַל צְפֹֽן׃ bˌaʕal ṣᵊfˈōn בַּעַל צְפֹן Baal Zephon
14:9. cumque persequerentur Aegyptii vestigia praecedentium reppererunt eos in castris super mare omnis equitatus et currus Pharaonis et universus exercitus erant in Ahiroth contra Beelsephon
And when the Egyptians followed the steps of them who were gone before, they found them encamped at the sea side: all Pharao's horse and chariots and the whole army were in Phihahiroth, before Beelsephon.
14:9. And when the Egyptians followed the footsteps of those who preceded them, they found them in a camp above the sea. All the horses and chariots of Pharaoh, and the entire army, were in Pihahiroth, opposite Baal-zephon.
14:9. But the Egyptians pursued after them, all the horses [and] chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his army, and overtook them encamping by the sea, beside Pihahiroth, before Baalzephon.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:9: And his horsemen - See Exo 14:5.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:9: the Egyptians: Exo 15:9; Jos 24:6
encamping: Exo 14:2
John Gill
14:9 But the Egyptians pursued after them,.... When they thought nothing of it, and had no fears about it:
all the horses and chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his army; by the latter Aben Ezra understands the foot, as distinguished from the cavalry, the horses and horsemen; and perhaps these, as before observed, might be carried in the chariots for quicker dispatch:
and overtook them encamping by the sea, beside Pihahiroth, before Baalzephon; where they had pitched their camp by divine appointment, Ex 14:2.
John Wesley
14:9 Chariots and horsemen - It should seem he took no foot with him, because the king's business required haste.
14:1014:10: Եւ եհաս մօտ փարաւոն։ Եւ համբարձեալ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի զաչս իւրեանց տեսանէին՝ զի բանակեցան Եգիպտացիքն ՚ի թիկանց նոցա, եւ երկեա՛ն յոյժ։
10 Փարաւոնը մօտեցաւ: Իսրայէլացիները բարձրացնելով իրենց աչքերը՝ տեսան, որ եգիպտացիները կայք են հաստատել իրենց թիկունքում[28]. սաստիկ վախեցան: [28] 28. Եբրայերէնում՝ նրանց յետեւից էին գալիս:
10 Երբ Փարաւոն մօտեցաւ, Իսրայէլի որդիները իրենց աչքերը վերցուցին եւ տեսան Եգիպտացիները, որոնք իրենց ետեւէն կու գային։ Խիստ վախցան եւ Իսրայէլի որդիները աղաղակեցին Տէրոջը
Եւ եհաս մօտ փարաւոն, եւ համբարձեալ որդւոցն Իսրայելի զաչս իւրեանց [188]տեսանէին զի բանակեցան Եգիպտացիքն ի թիկանց`` նոցա, եւ երկեան յոյժ, եւ բողոքեցին որդիքն Իսրայելի առ Տէր:

14:10: Եւ եհաս մօտ փարաւոն։ Եւ համբարձեալ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի զաչս իւրեանց տեսանէին՝ զի բանակեցան Եգիպտացիքն ՚ի թիկանց նոցա, եւ երկեա՛ն յոյժ։
10 Փարաւոնը մօտեցաւ: Իսրայէլացիները բարձրացնելով իրենց աչքերը՝ տեսան, որ եգիպտացիները կայք են հաստատել իրենց թիկունքում[28]. սաստիկ վախեցան:
[28] 28. Եբրայերէնում՝ նրանց յետեւից էին գալիս:
10 Երբ Փարաւոն մօտեցաւ, Իսրայէլի որդիները իրենց աչքերը վերցուցին եւ տեսան Եգիպտացիները, որոնք իրենց ետեւէն կու գային։ Խիստ վախցան եւ Իսրայէլի որդիները աղաղակեցին Տէրոջը
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1010: Фараон приблизился, и сыны Израилевы оглянулись, и вот, Египтяне идут за ними: и весьма устрашились и возопили сыны Израилевы к Господу,
14:10 καὶ και and; even Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao προσῆγεν προσαγω lead toward; head toward καὶ και and; even ἀναβλέψαντες αναβλεπω look up; see again οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel τοῖς ο the ὀφθαλμοῖς οφθαλμος eye; sight ὁρῶσιν οραω view; see καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian ἐστρατοπέδευσαν στρατοπεδευω in back; after αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐφοβήθησαν φοβεω afraid; fear σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously ἀνεβόησαν αναβοαω scream out δὲ δε though; while οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel πρὸς προς to; toward κύριον κυριος lord; master
14:10 וּ û וְ and פַרְעֹ֖ה farʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh הִקְרִ֑יב hiqrˈîv קרב approach וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׂאוּ֩ yyiśʔˌû נשׂא lift בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עֵינֵיהֶ֜ם ʕênêhˈem עַיִן eye וְ wᵊ וְ and הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold מִצְרַ֣יִם׀ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt נֹסֵ֣עַ nōsˈēₐʕ נסע pull out אַחֲרֵיהֶ֗ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after וַ wa וְ and יִּֽירְאוּ֙ yyˈîrᵊʔû ירא fear מְאֹ֔ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might וַ wa וְ and יִּצְעֲק֥וּ yyiṣʕᵃqˌû צעק cry בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
14:10. cumque adpropinquasset Pharao levantes filii Israhel oculos viderunt Aegyptios post se et timuerunt valde clamaveruntque ad DominumAnd when Pharao drew near, the children of Israel lifting up their eyes, saw the Egyptians behind them: and they feared exceedingly, and cried to the Lord.
10. And when Pharaoh drew nigh, the children of Israel lifted up their eyes, and, behold, the Egyptians marched after them; and they were sore afraid: and the children of Israel cried out unto the LORD.
14:10. And when Pharaoh had drawn near, the sons of Israel, lifting up their eyes, saw the Egyptians behind them. And they were very afraid. And they cried out to the Lord.
14:10. And when Pharaoh drew nigh, the children of Israel lifted up their eyes, and, behold, the Egyptians marched after them; and they were sore afraid: and the children of Israel cried out unto the LORD.
And when Pharaoh drew nigh, the children of Israel lifted up their eyes, and, behold, the Egyptians marched after them; and they were sore afraid: and the children of Israel cried out unto the LORD:

10: Фараон приблизился, и сыны Израилевы оглянулись, и вот, Египтяне идут за ними: и весьма устрашились и возопили сыны Израилевы к Господу,
14:10
καὶ και and; even
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
προσῆγεν προσαγω lead toward; head toward
καὶ και and; even
ἀναβλέψαντες αναβλεπω look up; see again
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
τοῖς ο the
ὀφθαλμοῖς οφθαλμος eye; sight
ὁρῶσιν οραω view; see
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ἐστρατοπέδευσαν στρατοπεδευω in back; after
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐφοβήθησαν φοβεω afraid; fear
σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
ἀνεβόησαν αναβοαω scream out
δὲ δε though; while
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
πρὸς προς to; toward
κύριον κυριος lord; master
14:10
וּ û וְ and
פַרְעֹ֖ה farʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
הִקְרִ֑יב hiqrˈîv קרב approach
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׂאוּ֩ yyiśʔˌû נשׂא lift
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עֵינֵיהֶ֜ם ʕênêhˈem עַיִן eye
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִנֵּ֥ה hinnˌē הִנֵּה behold
מִצְרַ֣יִם׀ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
נֹסֵ֣עַ nōsˈēₐʕ נסע pull out
אַחֲרֵיהֶ֗ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽירְאוּ֙ yyˈîrᵊʔû ירא fear
מְאֹ֔ד mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
וַ wa וְ and
יִּצְעֲק֥וּ yyiṣʕᵃqˌû צעק cry
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
14:10. cumque adpropinquasset Pharao levantes filii Israhel oculos viderunt Aegyptios post se et timuerunt valde clamaveruntque ad Dominum
And when Pharao drew near, the children of Israel lifting up their eyes, saw the Egyptians behind them: and they feared exceedingly, and cried to the Lord.
14:10. And when Pharaoh had drawn near, the sons of Israel, lifting up their eyes, saw the Egyptians behind them. And they were very afraid. And they cried out to the Lord.
14:10. And when Pharaoh drew nigh, the children of Israel lifted up their eyes, and, behold, the Egyptians marched after them; and they were sore afraid: and the children of Israel cried out unto the LORD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
10 And when Pharaoh drew nigh, the children of Israel lifted up their eyes, and, behold, the Egyptians marched after them; and they were sore afraid: and the children of Israel cried out unto the LORD. 11 And they said unto Moses, Because there were no graves in Egypt, hast thou taken us away to die in the wilderness? wherefore hast thou dealt thus with us, to carry us forth out of Egypt? 12 Is not this the word that we did tell thee in Egypt, saying, Let us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians? For it had been better for us to serve the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wilderness. 13 And Moses said unto the people, Fear ye not, stand still, and see the salvation of the LORD, which he will show to you to day: for the Egyptians whom ye have seen to day, ye shall see them again no more for ever. 14 The LORD shall fight for you, and ye shall hold your peace.
We have here, I. The fright that the children of Israel were in when they perceived that Pharaoh pursued them, v. 10. They knew very well the strength and rage of the enemy, and their own weakness; numerous indeed they were, but all on foot, unarmed, undisciplined, disquieted by long servitude, and (which was worst of all) now penned up by the situation of their camp, so that they could not make their escape. On the one hand was Pi-hahiroth, a range of craggy rocks impassable; on the other hand were Migdol and Baalzephon, which, some think were forts and garrisons upon the frontiers of Egypt; before them was the sea; behind them were the Egyptians: so that there was no way open for them but upwards, and thence their deliverance came. Note, We may be in the way of our duty, following God and hastening towards heaven, and yet may be in great straits, troubled on every side, 2 Cor. iv. 8. In this distress, no marvel that the children of Israel were sorely afraid; their father Jacob was so in a like case (Gen. xxxii. 7); when without are fightings, it cannot be otherwise but that within are fears: what therefore was the fruit of this fear? According as that was, the fear was good or evil. 1. Some of them cried out unto the Lord; their fear set them a praying, and that was a good effect of it. God brings us into straits that he may bring us to our knees. 2. Others of them cried out against Moses; their fear set them a murmuring, v. 11, 12. They give up themselves for lost; and as if God's arm were shortened all of a sudden, and he were not as able to work miracles to-day as he was yesterday, they despair of deliverance, and can count upon nothing but dying in the wilderness. How inexcusable was their distrust! Did they not see themselves under the guidance and protection of a pillar from heaven? And can almighty power fail them, or infinite goodness be false to them? Yet this was not the worst; they quarrel with Moses for bringing them out of Egypt, and, in quarrelling with him, fly in the face of God himself, and provoke him to wrath whose favour was now the only succour they had to flee to. As the Egyptians were angry with themselves for the best deed they ever did, so the Israelites were angry with God for the greatest kindness that was ever done them; so gross are the absurdities of unbelief. They here express, (1.) A sordid contempt of liberty, preferring servitude before it, only because it was attended with some difficulties. A generous spirit would have said, "If the worst come to the worst," as we say, "It is better to die in the field of honour than to live in the chains of slavery;" nay, under God's conduct, they could not miscarry, and therefore they might say, "Better live God's freemen in the open air of a wilderness than the Egyptians' bondmen in the smoke of the brick-kilns." But because, for the present, they are a little embarrassed, they are angry that they were not left buried alive in their house of bondage. (2.) Base ingratitude to Moses, who had been the faithful instrument of their deliverance. They condemn him, as if he had dealt hardly and unkindly with them, whereas it was evident, beyond dispute, that whatever he did, and however it issued, it was by direction from their God, and with design for their good. What they had said in a former ferment (when they hearkened not to Moses for anguish of spirit), they repeat and justify in this: We said in Egypt, Let us alone; and it was ill-said, yet more excusable, because then they had not had so much experience as they had now of God's wonderful appearances in their favour. But they had as soon forgotten the miracles of mercy as the Egyptians had forgotten the miracles of wrath; and they, as well as the Egyptians, hardened their hearts, at last, to their own ruin; as Egypt after ten plagues, so Israel after ten provocations, of which this was the first (Num. xiv. 22), were sentenced to die in the wilderness.
II. The seasonable encouragement that Moses gave them in this distress, v. 13, 14. He answered not these fools according to their folly. God bore with the provocation they gave to him, and did not (as he might justly have done) chose their delusions, and bring their fears upon them; and therefore Moses might well afford to pass by the affront they put upon him. Instead of chiding them, he comforts them, and with an admirable presence and composure of mind, not disheartened either by the threatenings of Egypt or the tremblings of Israel, stills their murmuring, with the assurance of a speedy and complete deliverance: Fear you not. Note, It is our duty and interest, when we cannot get out of our troubles, yet to get above our fears, so that they may only serve to quicken our prayers and endeavours, but may not prevail to silence our faith and hope. 1. He assures them that God would deliver them, that he would undertake their deliverance, and that he would effect it in the utter ruin of their pursuers: The Lord shall fight for you. This Moses was confident of himself, and would have them to be so, though as yet he knew not how or which way it would be brought to pass. God had assured him that Pharaoh and his host should be ruined, and he comforts them with the same comforts wherewith he had been comforted. 2. He directs them to leave it to God, in a silent expectation of the event: "Stand still, and think not to save yourselves either by fighting or flying; wait God's orders, and observe them; be not contriving what course to take, but follow your leader; wait God's appearances, and take notice of them, that you may see how foolish you are to distrust them. Compose yourselves, by an entire confidence in God, into a peaceful prospect of the great salvation God is now about to work for you. Hold your peace; you need not so much as give a shout against the enemy, as Josh. vi. 16. The work shall be done without any concurrence of yours." Note, (1.) If God himself bring his people into straits, he will himself discover a way to bring them out again. (2.) In times of great difficulty and great expectation, it is our wisdom to keep our spirits calm, quiet, and sedate; for then we are in the best frame both to do our own work and to consider the work of God. Your strength is to sit still (Isa. xxx. 7), for the Egyptians shall help in vain, and threaten to hurt in vain.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:10: The children of Israel cried out unto the Lord - Had their prayer been accompanied with faith, we should not have found them in the next verses murmuring against Moses, or rather against the Lord, through whose goodness they were now brought from under that bondage from which they had often cried for deliverance. Calmet thinks that the most pious and judicious cried unto God, while the unthinking and irreligious murmured against Moses.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:10: sore afraid: Psa 53:5; Isa 7:2, Isa 8:12, Isa 8:13, Isa 51:12, Isa 51:13; Mat 8:26, Mat 14:30, Mat 14:31; Jo1 4:18
cried out: Jos 24:7; Ch2 18:31; Neh 9:9; Psa 34:17, Psa 106:44, Psa 107:6, Psa 107:13, Psa 107:19, Psa 107:28; Isa 26:16; Jer 22:23; Mat 8:25
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:10
When the Israelites saw the advancing army of the Egyptians, they were greatly alarmed; for their situation to human eyes was a very unfortunate one. Shut in on the east by the sea, on the south and west by high mountains, and with the army of the Egyptians behind them, destruction seemed inevitable, since they were neither outwardly armed nor inwardly prepared for a successful battle. Although they cried unto the Lord, they had no confidence in His help, notwithstanding all the previous manifestation so the fidelity of the true God; they therefore gave vent to the despair of their natural heart in complaints against Moses, who had brought them out of the servitude of Egypt to give them up to die in the desert. "Hast thou, because there were no graves at all (אין מבּלי, a double negation to give emphasis) in Egypt, fetched us to die in the desert?" Their further words in Ex 14:12 exaggerated the true state of the case from cowardly despair. For it was only when the oppression increased, after Moses' first interview with Pharaoh, that they complained of what Moses had done (Ex 5:21), whereas at first they accepted his proposals most thankfully (Ex 4:31), and even afterwards implicitly obeyed his directions.
Geneva 1599
14:10 And when Pharaoh drew nigh, the children of Israel lifted up their eyes, and, behold, the Egyptians marched after them; and they were sore (f) afraid: and the children of Israel cried out unto the LORD.
(f) They who earlier had rejoiced in their deliverance, being now in danger, are afraid.
John Gill
14:10 And when Pharaoh drew nigh,.... Or "caused to draw nigh" (t); that is, his army, brought it very near to the camp of the Israelites:
the children of Israel lifted up their eyes, and, behold, the Egyptians marched after them; in great numbers, with full speed, threatening them with utter destruction:
and they were sore afraid; being an unarmed people, though numerous, and so unable to defend themselves against armed and disciplined troops; and besides, through their long time of slavery their spirits were broken, and were a mean, abject, dispirited people; and especially were so on the sight of the Egyptians, whom they had so many years looked upon and served as their lords and masters:
and the children of Israel cried out unto the Lord: had they prayed unto him in this their distress for help and assistance, protection and preservation, with an holy and humble confidence in him for it, they had acted a right and laudable part; but their crying out to him seems to be only an outcry of the troubles they were in, and rather the effect of despair than of faith and hope; and was by way of complaint and lamentation of their miserable condition and circumstances, as appears by what follows, which shows what temper of mind they were in.
(t) "fecit accedere", Pagninus, Montanus; "admovit castra", Junius & Tremellius.
John Wesley
14:10 They were sore afraid - They knew the strength of the enemy, and their own weakness; numerous indeed they were, but all foot, unarmed, undisciplined, dispirited, by long servitude, and now pent up, so that they could not escape. On one hand was Pi - hahiroth, a range of craggy rocks unpassable; on the other hand were Migdol and Baal - zephon, forts upon the frontiers of Egypt; before them was the sea, behind them were the Egyptians; so that there was no way open for them but upwards, and thence their deliverance came.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:10 when Pharaoh drew nigh, the children of Israel lifted up their eyes--The great consternation of the Israelites is somewhat astonishing, considering their vast superiority in numbers, but their deep dismay and absolute despair at the sight of this armed host receives a satisfactory explanation from the fact that the civilized state of Egyptian society required the absence of all arms, except when they were on service. If the Israelites were entirely unarmed at their departure, they could not think of making any resistance [WILKINSON and HENGSTENBERG].
14:1114:11: Եւ բողոքեցի՛ն որդիքն Իսրայէլի առ Տէր։ Եւ ասեն ցՄովսէս. Իբրեւ թէ ո՞չ գոյին գերեզմանք յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց. հաներ զմեզ սպանանե՞լ յանապատի աստ. զի՞նչ գործեցեր զայս ընդ մեզ, զի հաներ զմեզ յԵգիպտոսէ[618]։ [618] Ոմանք. Հանել զմեզ սպանանել յանա՛՛։
11 Իսրայէլացիները աղաղակ բարձրացրին առ Աստուած ու Մովսէսին ասացին. «Իբր թէ Եգիպտացիների երկրում գերեզմաններ չկայի՞ն, որ մեզ բերեցիր այստեղ՝ անապատում սպանուելու: Այս ի՞նչ բերեցիր մեր գլխին, ինչո՞ւ մեզ հանեցիր Եգիպտոսից:
11 Եւ ըսին Մովսէսին. «Եգիպտոսի մէջ գերեզմաններ չըլլալո՞ւն համար մեզ անապատին մէջ մեռնելու բերիր. ի՞նչ է այս մեզի ըրածդ, որ մեզ Եգիպտոսէն հանեցիր։
Եւ ասեն ցՄովսէս. Իբրեւ թէ ո՞չ գոյին գերեզմանք յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց, հաներ զմեզ սպանանել յանապատի աստ. զի՞նչ գործեցեր զայս ընդ մեզ, զի հաներ զմեզ յԵգիպտոսէ:

14:11: Եւ բողոքեցի՛ն որդիքն Իսրայէլի առ Տէր։ Եւ ասեն ցՄովսէս. Իբրեւ թէ ո՞չ գոյին գերեզմանք յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց. հաներ զմեզ սպանանե՞լ յանապատի աստ. զի՞նչ գործեցեր զայս ընդ մեզ, զի հաներ զմեզ յԵգիպտոսէ[618]։
[618] Ոմանք. Հանել զմեզ սպանանել յանա՛՛։
11 Իսրայէլացիները աղաղակ բարձրացրին առ Աստուած ու Մովսէսին ասացին. «Իբր թէ Եգիպտացիների երկրում գերեզմաններ չկայի՞ն, որ մեզ բերեցիր այստեղ՝ անապատում սպանուելու: Այս ի՞նչ բերեցիր մեր գլխին, ինչո՞ւ մեզ հանեցիր Եգիպտոսից:
11 Եւ ըսին Մովսէսին. «Եգիպտոսի մէջ գերեզմաններ չըլլալո՞ւն համար մեզ անապատին մէջ մեռնելու բերիր. ի՞նչ է այս մեզի ըրածդ, որ մեզ Եգիպտոսէն հանեցիր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1111: и сказали Моисею: разве нет гробов в Египте, что ты привел нас умирать в пустыне? что это ты сделал с нами, выведя нас из Египта?
14:11 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs παρὰ παρα from; by τὸ ο the μὴ μη not ὑπάρχειν υπαρχω happen to be; belong μνήματα μνημα tomb ἐν εν in γῇ γη earth; land Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos ἐξήγαγες εξαγω lead out; bring out ἡμᾶς ημας us θανατῶσαι θανατοω put to death ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness τί τις.1 who?; what? τοῦτο ουτος this; he ἐποίησας ποιεω do; make ἡμῖν ημιν us ἐξαγαγὼν εξαγω lead out; bring out ἐξ εκ from; out of Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
14:11 וַ wa וְ and יֹּאמְרוּ֮ yyōmᵊrˈû אמר say אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁה֒ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses הַֽ hˈa הֲ [interrogative] מִ mi מִן from בְּלִ֤י bbᵊlˈî בְּלִי destruction אֵין־ ʔên- אַיִן [NEG] קְבָרִים֙ qᵊvārîm קֶבֶר grave בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt לְקַחְתָּ֖נוּ lᵊqaḥtˌānû לקח take לָ lā לְ to מ֣וּת mˈûṯ מות die בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּ֑ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert מַה־ mah- מָה what זֹּאת֙ zzōṯ זֹאת this עָשִׂ֣יתָ ʕāśˈîṯā עשׂה make לָּ֔נוּ llˈānû לְ to לְ lᵊ לְ to הֹוצִיאָ֖נוּ hôṣîʔˌānû יצא go out מִ mi מִן from מִּצְרָֽיִם׃ mmiṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
14:11. et dixerunt ad Mosen forsitan non erant sepulchra in Aegypto ideo tulisti nos ut moreremur in solitudine quid hoc facere voluisti ut educeres nos ex AegyptoAnd they said to Moses: Perhaps there were no graves in Egypt, therefore thou hast brought us to die in the wilderness: why wouldst thou do this, to lead us out of Egypt?
11. And they said unto Moses, Because there were no graves in Egypt, hast thou taken us away to die in the wilderness? wherefore hast thou dealt thus with us, to bring us forth out of Egypt?
14:11. And they said to Moses: “Perhaps there were no graves in Egypt, for which reason you took us to die in the wilderness. What is it that you intended to do, in leading us out of Egypt?
14:11. And they said unto Moses, Because [there were] no graves in Egypt, hast thou taken us away to die in the wilderness? wherefore hast thou dealt thus with us, to carry us forth out of Egypt?
And they said unto Moses, Because [there were] no graves in Egypt, hast thou taken us away to die in the wilderness? wherefore hast thou dealt thus with us, to carry us forth out of Egypt:

11: и сказали Моисею: разве нет гробов в Египте, что ты привел нас умирать в пустыне? что это ты сделал с нами, выведя нас из Египта?
14:11
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
παρὰ παρα from; by
τὸ ο the
μὴ μη not
ὑπάρχειν υπαρχω happen to be; belong
μνήματα μνημα tomb
ἐν εν in
γῇ γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
ἐξήγαγες εξαγω lead out; bring out
ἡμᾶς ημας us
θανατῶσαι θανατοω put to death
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
τί τις.1 who?; what?
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
ἐποίησας ποιεω do; make
ἡμῖν ημιν us
ἐξαγαγὼν εξαγω lead out; bring out
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
14:11
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּאמְרוּ֮ yyōmᵊrˈû אמר say
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁה֒ mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
הַֽ hˈa הֲ [interrogative]
מִ mi מִן from
בְּלִ֤י bbᵊlˈî בְּלִי destruction
אֵין־ ʔên- אַיִן [NEG]
קְבָרִים֙ qᵊvārîm קֶבֶר grave
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
לְקַחְתָּ֖נוּ lᵊqaḥtˌānû לקח take
לָ לְ to
מ֣וּת mˈûṯ מות die
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֑ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
מַה־ mah- מָה what
זֹּאת֙ zzōṯ זֹאת this
עָשִׂ֣יתָ ʕāśˈîṯā עשׂה make
לָּ֔נוּ llˈānû לְ to
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הֹוצִיאָ֖נוּ hôṣîʔˌānû יצא go out
מִ mi מִן from
מִּצְרָֽיִם׃ mmiṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
14:11. et dixerunt ad Mosen forsitan non erant sepulchra in Aegypto ideo tulisti nos ut moreremur in solitudine quid hoc facere voluisti ut educeres nos ex Aegypto
And they said to Moses: Perhaps there were no graves in Egypt, therefore thou hast brought us to die in the wilderness: why wouldst thou do this, to lead us out of Egypt?
14:11. And they said to Moses: “Perhaps there were no graves in Egypt, for which reason you took us to die in the wilderness. What is it that you intended to do, in leading us out of Egypt?
14:11. And they said unto Moses, Because [there were] no graves in Egypt, hast thou taken us away to die in the wilderness? wherefore hast thou dealt thus with us, to carry us forth out of Egypt?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:11: No graves in Egypt - This bitter taunt was probably suggested by the vast extent of cemeteries in Egypt, which might not improperly be called the land of tombs.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:11: Because: Exo 15:23, Exo 15:24, Exo 16:2, Exo 16:3, Exo 17:2, Exo 17:3; Num 11:1, Num 14:1-4, Num 16:41; Psa 106:7, Psa 106:8
wherefore: Exo 5:22; Gen 43:6; Num 11:15
John Gill
14:11 And they said unto Moses,.... The Targum of Jonathan is,"the ungodly of that generation said unto Moses;''but it seems rather to be understood of the body of the people in general, and is not to be limited to some particular persons of the worse characters among them:
because there were no graves in Egypt; as if there had been none, when there were so many; the Egyptians being more solicitous about their graves than their houses, as Diodorus Siculus reports (u); thus upbraiding Moses in a sarcastic way for what he had done:
hast thou taken us away to die in the wilderness? that so there might be room and graves enough to bury them in, for nothing but death was before their eyes:
wherefore hast thou dealt thus with us, to carry us forth out of Egypt? which was very ungrateful and disingenuous.
(u) Bibliothec. l. 1. p. 47.
14:1214:12: Ո՞չ այս այն բանք են՝ զոր խօսեցաք ընդ քեզ յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց, թէ թո՛յլ տուր մեզ զի ծառայեսցուք Եգիպտացւոցն. զի լա՛ւ էր մեզ ծառայել Եգիպտացւոցն, քան մեռանել յայսմ անապատի։
12 Մի՞թէ Եգիպտացիների երկրում քեզ չասացինք, թէ՝ “Թո՛յլ տուր, որ ծառայենք եգիպտացիներին”: Մեզ համար աւելի լաւ կը լինէր, որ ծառայէինք եգիպտացիներին, քան մեռնէինք այս անապատում»:
12 Այս չէ՞ր այն խօսքը, որ քեզի ըսինք Եգիպտոսի մէջ՝ ‘Թող տուր մեզի, որ Եգիպտացիներու ծառայութիւն ընենք. քանզի աւելի աղէկ է մեզի հոս ծառայութիւն ընել, քան թէ անապատին մէջ մեռնիլ’»։
Ո՞չ այս այն բանք են զոր խօսեցաք ընդ քեզ յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց, թէ Թոյլ տուր մեզ զի ծառայեսցուք Եգիպտացւոցն. զի լաւ էր մեզ ծառայել Եգիպտացւոցն, քան մեռանել յայսմ անապատի:

14:12: Ո՞չ այս այն բանք են՝ զոր խօսեցաք ընդ քեզ յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց, թէ թո՛յլ տուր մեզ զի ծառայեսցուք Եգիպտացւոցն. զի լա՛ւ էր մեզ ծառայել Եգիպտացւոցն, քան մեռանել յայսմ անապատի։
12 Մի՞թէ Եգիպտացիների երկրում քեզ չասացինք, թէ՝ “Թո՛յլ տուր, որ ծառայենք եգիպտացիներին”: Մեզ համար աւելի լաւ կը լինէր, որ ծառայէինք եգիպտացիներին, քան մեռնէինք այս անապատում»:
12 Այս չէ՞ր այն խօսքը, որ քեզի ըսինք Եգիպտոսի մէջ՝ ‘Թող տուր մեզի, որ Եգիպտացիներու ծառայութիւն ընենք. քանզի աւելի աղէկ է մեզի հոս ծառայութիւն ընել, քան թէ անապատին մէջ մեռնիլ’»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1212: Не это ли самое говорили мы тебе в Египте, сказав: оставь нас, пусть мы работаем Египтянам? Ибо лучше быть нам в рабстве у Египтян, нежели умереть в пустыне.
14:12 οὐ ου not τοῦτο ουτος this; he ἦν ειμι be τὸ ο the ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase ὃ ος who; what ἐλαλήσαμεν λαλεω talk; speak πρὸς προς to; toward σὲ σε.1 you ἐν εν in Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare πάρες παριημι neglect; slack ἡμᾶς ημας us ὅπως οπως that way; how δουλεύσωμεν δουλευω give allegiance; subject τοῖς ο the Αἰγυπτίοις αιγυπτιος Egyptian κρεῖσσον κρεισσον more dominant; better γὰρ γαρ for ἡμᾶς ημας us δουλεύειν δουλευω give allegiance; subject τοῖς ο the Αἰγυπτίοις αιγυπτιος Egyptian ἢ η or; than ἀποθανεῖν αποθνησκω die ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
14:12 הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] לֹא־ lō- לֹא not זֶ֣ה zˈeh זֶה this הַ ha הַ the דָּבָ֗ר ddāvˈār דָּבָר word אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] דִּבַּ֨רְנוּ dibbˌarnû דבר speak אֵלֶ֤יךָ ʔēlˈeʸḵā אֶל to בְ vᵊ בְּ in מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֔ר ʔmˈōr אמר say חֲדַ֥ל ḥᵃḏˌal חדל cease מִמֶּ֖נּוּ mimmˌennû מִן from וְ wᵊ וְ and נַֽעַבְדָ֣ה nˈaʕavᵊḏˈā עבד work, serve אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that טֹ֥וב ṭˌôv טֹוב good לָ֨נוּ֙ lˈānû לְ to עֲבֹ֣ד ʕᵃvˈōḏ עבד work, serve אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt מִ mi מִן from מֻּתֵ֖נוּ mmuṯˌēnû מות die בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּֽר׃ mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
14:12. nonne iste est sermo quem loquebamur ad te in Aegypto dicentes recede a nobis ut serviamus Aegyptiis multo enim melius est servire eis quam mori in solitudineIs not this the word that we spoke to thee in Egypt, saying: Depart from us, that we may serve the Egyptians? for it was much better to serve them, than to die in the wilderness.
12. Is not this the word that we spake unto thee in Egypt, saying, Let us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians? For it were better for us to serve the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wilderness.
14:12. Is this not the word that we spoke to you in Egypt, saying: Withdraw from us, so that we may serve the Egyptians? For it was much better to serve them, than to die in the wilderness.”
14:12. [Is] not this the word that we did tell thee in Egypt, saying, Let us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians? For [it had been] better for us to serve the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wilderness.
Is not this the word that we did tell thee in Egypt, saying, Let us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians? For [it had been] better for us to serve the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wilderness:

12: Не это ли самое говорили мы тебе в Египте, сказав: оставь нас, пусть мы работаем Египтянам? Ибо лучше быть нам в рабстве у Египтян, нежели умереть в пустыне.
14:12
οὐ ου not
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
ἦν ειμι be
τὸ ο the
ῥῆμα ρημα statement; phrase
ος who; what
ἐλαλήσαμεν λαλεω talk; speak
πρὸς προς to; toward
σὲ σε.1 you
ἐν εν in
Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
λέγοντες λεγω tell; declare
πάρες παριημι neglect; slack
ἡμᾶς ημας us
ὅπως οπως that way; how
δουλεύσωμεν δουλευω give allegiance; subject
τοῖς ο the
Αἰγυπτίοις αιγυπτιος Egyptian
κρεῖσσον κρεισσον more dominant; better
γὰρ γαρ for
ἡμᾶς ημας us
δουλεύειν δουλευω give allegiance; subject
τοῖς ο the
Αἰγυπτίοις αιγυπτιος Egyptian
η or; than
ἀποθανεῖν αποθνησκω die
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
14:12
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
זֶ֣ה zˈeh זֶה this
הַ ha הַ the
דָּבָ֗ר ddāvˈār דָּבָר word
אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
דִּבַּ֨רְנוּ dibbˌarnû דבר speak
אֵלֶ֤יךָ ʔēlˈeʸḵā אֶל to
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֔ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
חֲדַ֥ל ḥᵃḏˌal חדל cease
מִמֶּ֖נּוּ mimmˌennû מִן from
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נַֽעַבְדָ֣ה nˈaʕavᵊḏˈā עבד work, serve
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
טֹ֥וב ṭˌôv טֹוב good
לָ֨נוּ֙ lˈānû לְ to
עֲבֹ֣ד ʕᵃvˈōḏ עבד work, serve
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
מִ mi מִן from
מֻּתֵ֖נוּ mmuṯˌēnû מות die
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּֽר׃ mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
14:12. nonne iste est sermo quem loquebamur ad te in Aegypto dicentes recede a nobis ut serviamus Aegyptiis multo enim melius est servire eis quam mori in solitudine
Is not this the word that we spoke to thee in Egypt, saying: Depart from us, that we may serve the Egyptians? for it was much better to serve them, than to die in the wilderness.
14:12. Is this not the word that we spoke to you in Egypt, saying: Withdraw from us, so that we may serve the Egyptians? For it was much better to serve them, than to die in the wilderness.”
14:12. [Is] not this the word that we did tell thee in Egypt, saying, Let us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians? For [it had been] better for us to serve the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wilderness.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:12: Let us alone - This is a gross exaggeration, yet not without a semblance of truth: for although the Israelites welcomed the message of Moses at first, they gave way completely at the first serious trial. See the reference in the margin. The whole passage foreshadows the conduct of the people in the wilderness.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:12: Is not this: Exo 5:21, Exo 3:9
Let us alone: Hos 4:17; Mar 1:24, Mar 5:7, Mar 5:17, Mar 5:18
For it had: Jon 4:3, Jon 4:8
Geneva 1599
14:12 [Is] not this the word that we did tell thee in Egypt, saying, Let (g) us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians? For [it had been] better for us to serve the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wilderness.
(g) Such is the impatience of the flesh, that it cannot wait for God's appointed time.
John Gill
14:12 Is not this the word that we did tell thee in Egypt,.... The thing they suggested to him, and talked with him about while they were in the land of Egypt, before they came out of it, particularly after their service and bondage were made more severe and cruel upon Moses and Aaron's demanding their dismission, see Ex 5:21,
saying, let us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians? peaceably and quietly, as we have been used to do, since there is no likelihood of being freed, and since we are more evilly treated than before:
for it had been better for us to serve the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wilderness: of such mean spirits were they, and had so poor a notion of, and taste for liberty, and so ungrateful were they to their deliverer.
14:1314:13: Եւ ասէ Մովսէս ցժողովուրդն. Քաջալերեցարո՛ւք, պի՛նդ կացէք. եւ տեսանիցէք զփրկութիւն ՚ի Տեառնէ զոր արասցէ ձեզ այսօր. զի զոր օրինակ տեսէք զԵգիպտացիսն այսօր, ո՛չ եւս յաւելուցուք տեսանել զնոսա յաւիտեանս ժամանակաց։
13 Մովսէսն ասաց ժողովրդին. «Քաջալերուեցէ՛ք, պի՛նդ կացէք եւ կը տեսնէք Տիրոջ արած փրկութիւնը, որ նա պարգեւելու է ձեզ այսօր, քանզի այսօր ձեր տեսած եգիպտացիներին այլեւս յար յաւիտեան չէք տեսնելու:
13 Եւ Մովսէս ըսաւ ժողովուրդին. «Մի՛ վախնա՛ք, սպասեցէ՛ք ու տեսէք Տէրոջը փրկութիւնը, որ այսօր պիտի ընէ ձեզի. վասն զի այսօրուան ձեր տեսած Եգիպտացիները յաւիտեան պիտի չտեսնէք։
Եւ ասէ Մովսէս ցժողովուրդն. Քաջալերեցարուք, պինդ կացէք, եւ տեսանիցէք զփրկութիւն ի Տեառնէ զոր արասցէ ձեզ այսօր, զի զոր օրինակ տեսէք զԵգիպտացիսն այսօր, ոչ եւս յաւելուցուք տեսանել զնոսա յաւիտեանս ժամանակաց:

14:13: Եւ ասէ Մովսէս ցժողովուրդն. Քաջալերեցարո՛ւք, պի՛նդ կացէք. եւ տեսանիցէք զփրկութիւն ՚ի Տեառնէ զոր արասցէ ձեզ այսօր. զի զոր օրինակ տեսէք զԵգիպտացիսն այսօր, ո՛չ եւս յաւելուցուք տեսանել զնոսա յաւիտեանս ժամանակաց։
13 Մովսէսն ասաց ժողովրդին. «Քաջալերուեցէ՛ք, պի՛նդ կացէք եւ կը տեսնէք Տիրոջ արած փրկութիւնը, որ նա պարգեւելու է ձեզ այսօր, քանզի այսօր ձեր տեսած եգիպտացիներին այլեւս յար յաւիտեան չէք տեսնելու:
13 Եւ Մովսէս ըսաւ ժողովուրդին. «Մի՛ վախնա՛ք, սպասեցէ՛ք ու տեսէք Տէրոջը փրկութիւնը, որ այսօր պիտի ընէ ձեզի. վասն զի այսօրուան ձեր տեսած Եգիպտացիները յաւիտեան պիտի չտեսնէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1313: Но Моисей сказал народу: не бойтесь, стойте--и увидите спасение Господне, которое Он соделает вам ныне, ибо Египтян, которых видите вы ныне, более не увидите во веки;
14:13 εἶπεν επω say; speak δὲ δε though; while Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs πρὸς προς to; toward τὸν ο the λαόν λαος populace; population θαρσεῖτε θαρσεω brave στῆτε ιστημι stand; establish καὶ και and; even ὁρᾶτε οραω view; see τὴν ο the σωτηρίαν σωτηρια safety τὴν ο the παρὰ παρα from; by τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God ἣν ος who; what ποιήσει ποιεω do; make ἡμῖν ημιν us σήμερον σημερον today; present ὃν ος who; what τρόπον τροπος manner; by means γὰρ γαρ for ἑωράκατε οραω view; see τοὺς ο the Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian σήμερον σημερον today; present οὐ ου not προσθήσεσθε προστιθημι add; continue ἔτι ετι yet; still ἰδεῖν οραω view; see αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τὸν ο the αἰῶνα αιων age; -ever χρόνον χρονος time; while
14:13 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say מֹשֶׁ֣ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the עָם֮ ʕām עַם people אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תִּירָאוּ֒ tîrāʔˌû ירא fear הִֽתְיַצְב֗וּ hˈiṯyaṣᵊvˈû יצב stand וּ û וְ and רְאוּ֙ rᵊʔˌû ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יְשׁוּעַ֣ת yᵊšûʕˈaṯ יְשׁוּעָה salvation יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה yaʕᵃśˌeh עשׂה make לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֑ום yyˈôm יֹום day כִּ֗י kˈî כִּי that אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] רְאִיתֶ֤ם rᵊʔîṯˈem ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֔ום yyˈôm יֹום day לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not תֹסִ֛יפוּ ṯōsˈîfû יסף add לִ li לְ to רְאֹתָ֥ם rᵊʔōṯˌām ראה see עֹ֖וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto עֹולָֽם׃ ʕôlˈām עֹולָם eternity
14:13. et ait Moses ad populum nolite timere state et videte magnalia Domini quae facturus est hodie Aegyptios enim quos nunc videtis nequaquam ultra videbitis usque in sempiternumAnd Moses said to the people: Fear not: stand, and see the great wonders of the Lord, which he will do this day; for the Egyptians, whom you see now, you shall see no more for ever.
13. And Moses said unto the people, Fear ye not, stand still, and see the salvation of the LORD, which he will work for you today: for the Egyptians whom ye have seen today, ye shall see them again no more for ever.
14:13. And Moses said to the people: “Do not be afraid. Stand firm and see the great wonders of the Lord, which he will do today. For the Egyptians, whom you now see, will never again be seen, forever.
14:13. And Moses said unto the people, Fear ye not, stand still, and see the salvation of the LORD, which he will shew to you to day: for the Egyptians whom ye have seen to day, ye shall see them again no more for ever.
And Moses said unto the people, Fear ye not, stand still, and see the salvation of the LORD, which he will shew to you to day: for the Egyptians whom ye have seen to day, ye shall see them again no more for ever:

13: Но Моисей сказал народу: не бойтесь, стойте--и увидите спасение Господне, которое Он соделает вам ныне, ибо Египтян, которых видите вы ныне, более не увидите во веки;
14:13
εἶπεν επω say; speak
δὲ δε though; while
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
πρὸς προς to; toward
τὸν ο the
λαόν λαος populace; population
θαρσεῖτε θαρσεω brave
στῆτε ιστημι stand; establish
καὶ και and; even
ὁρᾶτε οραω view; see
τὴν ο the
σωτηρίαν σωτηρια safety
τὴν ο the
παρὰ παρα from; by
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
ἣν ος who; what
ποιήσει ποιεω do; make
ἡμῖν ημιν us
σήμερον σημερον today; present
ὃν ος who; what
τρόπον τροπος manner; by means
γὰρ γαρ for
ἑωράκατε οραω view; see
τοὺς ο the
Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian
σήμερον σημερον today; present
οὐ ου not
προσθήσεσθε προστιθημι add; continue
ἔτι ετι yet; still
ἰδεῖν οραω view; see
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τὸν ο the
αἰῶνα αιων age; -ever
χρόνον χρονος time; while
14:13
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
מֹשֶׁ֣ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
עָם֮ ʕām עַם people
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תִּירָאוּ֒ tîrāʔˌû ירא fear
הִֽתְיַצְב֗וּ hˈiṯyaṣᵊvˈû יצב stand
וּ û וְ and
רְאוּ֙ rᵊʔˌû ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יְשׁוּעַ֣ת yᵊšûʕˈaṯ יְשׁוּעָה salvation
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה yaʕᵃśˌeh עשׂה make
לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֑ום yyˈôm יֹום day
כִּ֗י kˈî כִּי that
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
רְאִיתֶ֤ם rᵊʔîṯˈem ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֔ום yyˈôm יֹום day
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
תֹסִ֛יפוּ ṯōsˈîfû יסף add
לִ li לְ to
רְאֹתָ֥ם rᵊʔōṯˌām ראה see
עֹ֖וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
עֹולָֽם׃ ʕôlˈām עֹולָם eternity
14:13. et ait Moses ad populum nolite timere state et videte magnalia Domini quae facturus est hodie Aegyptios enim quos nunc videtis nequaquam ultra videbitis usque in sempiternum
And Moses said to the people: Fear not: stand, and see the great wonders of the Lord, which he will do this day; for the Egyptians, whom you see now, you shall see no more for ever.
14:13. And Moses said to the people: “Do not be afraid. Stand firm and see the great wonders of the Lord, which he will do today. For the Egyptians, whom you now see, will never again be seen, forever.
14:13. And Moses said unto the people, Fear ye not, stand still, and see the salvation of the LORD, which he will shew to you to day: for the Egyptians whom ye have seen to day, ye shall see them again no more for ever.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:13: Moses said - Fear ye not - This exhortation was not given to excite them to resist, for of that there was no hope; they were unarmed, they had no courage, and their minds were deplorably degraded.
Stand still - Ye shall not be even workers together with God; only be quiet, and do not render yourselves wretched by your fears and your confusion.
See the salvation of the Lord - Behold the deliverance which God will work, independently of all human help and means.
Ye shall see them again no more - Here was strong faith, but this was accompanied by the spirit of prophecy. God showed Moses what he would do, he believed, and therefore he spoke in the encouraging manner related above.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:13: For the Egyptians whom ... - The true sense is, ye shall never see the Egyptians in the same way, under the same circumstances.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:13: Fear ye not: Num 14:9; Deu 20:3; Kg2 6:16; Ch2 20:15, Ch2 20:17; Psa 27:1, Psa 27:2, Psa 46:1-3; Isa 26:3, Isa 30:15, Isa 35:4, Isa 41:10-14; Mat 28:5
see the: Exo 14:30, Exo 15:1-27; Gen 49:18; Ch1 11:14; Psa 3:8; Isa 43:11; Jer 3:23; Lam 3:26; Hos 13:4, Hos 13:9; Hab 3:8, Hab 3:13
for the Egyptians whom ye have seen to day: or, for whereas ye have seen the Egyptians to-day, etc
ye shall see: Exo 14:30, Exo 15:4, Exo 15:5, Exo 15:10, Exo 15:19, Exo 15:21; Neh 9:9
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:13
Moses met their unbelief and fear with the energy of strong faith, and promised them such help from the Lord, that they would never see again the Egyptians, whom they had seen that day. ראיתם אשׁר does not mean ὅν τρόπον ἑωράκατε (lxx), quemadmodum vidistis (Ros., Kn.); but the sentence is inverted: "The Egyptians, whom ye have seen to-day, ye will never see again."
John Gill
14:13 And Moses said unto the people,.... Not in wrath and anger, but very coolly and sedately, agreeably to his character of the meekest man on earth; though what they had said to him was very insulting and provoking:
fear ye not; Pharaoh and his numerous host, do not be dismayed at them or possess yourselves with a dread of them, and of destruction by them:
stand still; do not stir from the place where you are, do not offer to run away, or to make your escape by flight (and which indeed seemed impossible), keep your place and station, and put yourselves in such a situation as to wait and observe the issue of things:
and see the salvation of the Lord which he will shew to you today; which is expressive of great faith in Moses in the midst of this extremity, who firmly believed that God would save them from this numerous and enraged army, and that very quickly, even that day; at least within twenty four hours, within the compass of a day; for it was the night following that salvation was wrought for them, and their eyes beheld it: and it may be called the salvation of the Lord, for it was his own hand that only effected it, the Israelites not contributing anything in the least unto it, and was typical of the great salvation which Christ with his own arm, and without the help of his people, has wrought out for them:
for the Egyptians whom ye have seen today, ye shall see them again no more for ever; that is, in such a posture or manner, no more armed, nor alive, and the objects of their fear and dread; for otherwise they did see them again, but then they were on the sea shore dead; for it should be rendered, not "whom", but "how", or "in what manner" (w).
(w) , Sept. "quemadmodum", Piscator; "quomod o", Noldius, p. 107. No. 544.
John Wesley
14:13 Moses answered not these fools according to their folly: Instead of chiding he comforts them, and with an admirable pretence of mind, not disheartened either by the threatenings of Egypt, or the tremblings of Israel, stills their murmuring, Fear ye not, It is our duty, when we cannot get out of our troubles, yet to get above our fears, so that they may only serve to quicken our prayers and endeavours, but may not prevail to silence our faith and hope. Stand still, and think not to save yourselves either by fighting or flying; wait God's orders, and observe them; Compose yourselves, by an entire confidence in God, into a peaceful prospect of the great salvation God is now about to work for you. Hold your peace, you need not so much as give a shout against the enemy: the work shall be done without any concurrence of yours. In times of great difficulty, it is our wisdom to keep our spirits calm, quiet, and sedate, for then we are in the best frame both to do our own work, and to consider the work of God.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:13 Moses said, . . . Fear ye not, stand still, and see the salvation of the Lord--Never, perhaps, was the fortitude of a man so severely tried as that of the Hebrew leader in this crisis, exposed as he was to various and inevitable dangers, the most formidable of which was the vengeance of a seditious and desperate multitude; but his meek, unruffled, magnanimous composure presents one of the sublimest examples of moral courage to be found in history. And whence did his courage arise? He saw the miraculous cloud still accompanying them, and his confidence arose solely from the hope of a divine interposition, although, perhaps, he might have looked for the expected deliverance in every quarter, rather than in the direction of the sea.
14:1414:14: Տէր տայ պատերազմ ընդ ձեր, եւ դուք լռեցէ՛ք։
14 Տէ՛րը պիտի պատերազմի ձեր փոխարէն, դուք լո՛ւռ մնացէք»:
14 Տէրը ձեզի համար պիտի պատերազմի։ Դուք լո՛ւռ կեցէք»։
Տէր տայ պատերազմ ընդ ձեր, եւ դուք լռեցէք:

14:14: Տէր տայ պատերազմ ընդ ձեր, եւ դուք լռեցէ՛ք։
14 Տէ՛րը պիտի պատերազմի ձեր փոխարէն, դուք լո՛ւռ մնացէք»:
14 Տէրը ձեզի համար պիտի պատերազմի։ Դուք լո՛ւռ կեցէք»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1414: Господь будет поборать за вас, а вы будьте спокойны.
14:14 κύριος κυριος lord; master πολεμήσει πολεμεω battle περὶ περι about; around ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even ὑμεῖς υμεις you σιγήσετε σιγαω keep silent
14:14 יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH יִלָּחֵ֣ם yillāḥˈēm לחם fight לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתֶּ֖ם ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you תַּחֲרִישֽׁוּן׃ פ taḥᵃrîšˈûn . f חרשׁ be deaf
14:14. Dominus pugnabit pro vobis et vos tacebitisThe Lord will fight for you, and you shall hold your peace.
14. The LORD shall fight for you, and ye shall hold your peace.
14:14. The Lord will fight on your behalf, and you will remain silent.”
14:14. The LORD shall fight for you, and ye shall hold your peace.
The LORD shall fight for you, and ye shall hold your peace:

14: Господь будет поборать за вас, а вы будьте спокойны.
14:14
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πολεμήσει πολεμεω battle
περὶ περι about; around
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
σιγήσετε σιγαω keep silent
14:14
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
יִלָּחֵ֣ם yillāḥˈēm לחם fight
לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתֶּ֖ם ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
תַּחֲרִישֽׁוּן׃ פ taḥᵃrîšˈûn . f חרשׁ be deaf
14:14. Dominus pugnabit pro vobis et vos tacebitis
The Lord will fight for you, and you shall hold your peace.
14:14. The Lord will fight on your behalf, and you will remain silent.”
14:14. The LORD shall fight for you, and ye shall hold your peace.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:14: The Lord shall fight for you - Ye shall have no part in the honor of the day; God alone shall bring you off, and defeat your foes.
Ye shall hold your peace - Your unbelieving fears and clamours shall be confounded, and ye shall see that by might none shall be able to prevail against the Lord, and that the feeblest shall take the prey when the power of Jehovah is exerted.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:14: the Lord: Exo 14:25, Exo 15:3; Deu 1:30, Deu 3:22, Deu 20:4; Jos 10:10, Jos 10:14, Jos 10:42, Jos 23:3, Jos 23:10; Jdg 5:20; Ch2 20:17, Ch2 20:29; Neh 4:20; Isa 31:4, Isa 31:5
hold: Psa 50:3, Psa 83:1; Isa 30:15
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:14
"Jehovah will fight for you (לכם, dat comm.), but you will be silent," i.e., keep quiet, and not complain any more (cf. Gen 34:5).
Geneva 1599
14:14 The LORD shall fight for you, and ye shall (h) hold your peace.
(h) Only put your trust in God without grudging or doubting.
John Gill
14:14 The Lord shall fight for you,.... By commanding the wind of the heavens, and the waves of the sea, and employing them against their enemies, and on their behalf; they being unarmed, and so not in a condition to fight for themselves, as well as they had no heart or spirit for it:
and ye shall hold your peace; be still, and quiet, and easy in your minds, and forbear saying or doing anything; "be silent"; and neither express the fear and distress of their minds, by any mournful sounds, nor their joy of faith by shouts and huzzas; as they could not draw a sword, they were not so much as to blow a trumpet, and break a pitcher, and cry the sword of the Lord, and of Israel as they after did on another occasion, at least their posterity.
14:1514:15: Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Զի՞ գոչես առ իս. խօսեա՛ց ընդ որդիսդ Իսրայէլի՝ եւ չուեսցեն։
15 Տէրն ասաց Մովսէսին. «Ինչո՞ւ ես կանչում ինձ: Ասա՛ իսրայէլացիներին, որ շարժուեն գնան:
15 Տէրը ըսաւ Մովսէսին. «Ինչո՞ւ ինծի կ’աղաղակես. Ըսէ՛ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն, որ չուեն
Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Զի՞ գոչես առ իս. խօսեաց ընդ որդիսդ Իսրայելի եւ չուեսցեն:

14:15: Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Զի՞ գոչես առ իս. խօսեա՛ց ընդ որդիսդ Իսրայէլի՝ եւ չուեսցեն։
15 Տէրն ասաց Մովսէսին. «Ինչո՞ւ ես կանչում ինձ: Ասա՛ իսրայէլացիներին, որ շարժուեն գնան:
15 Տէրը ըսաւ Մովսէսին. «Ինչո՞ւ ինծի կ’աղաղակես. Ըսէ՛ Իսրայէլի որդիներուն, որ չուեն
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1515: И сказал Господь Моисею: что ты вопиешь ко Мне? скажи сынам Израилевым, чтоб они шли,
14:15 εἶπεν επω say; speak δὲ δε though; while κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τί τις.1 who?; what? βοᾷς βοαω scream; shout πρός προς to; toward με με me λάλησον λαλεω talk; speak τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἀναζευξάτωσαν αναζευγνυω break camp; return to
14:15 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses מַה־ mah- מָה what תִּצְעַ֖ק tiṣʕˌaq צעק cry אֵלָ֑י ʔēlˈāy אֶל to דַּבֵּ֥ר dabbˌēr דבר speak אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and יִסָּֽעוּ׃ yissˈāʕû נסע pull out
14:15. dixitque Dominus ad Mosen quid clamas ad me loquere filiis Israhel ut proficiscanturAnd the Lord said to Moses: Why criest thou to me? Speak to the children of Israel to go forward.
15. And the LORD said unto Moses, Wherefore criest thou unto me? speak unto the children of Israel, that they go forward.
14:15. And the Lord said to Moses: “Why cry out to me? Tell the sons of Israel to continue on.
14:15. And the LORD said unto Moses, Wherefore criest thou unto me? speak unto the children of Israel, that they go forward:
And the LORD said unto Moses, Wherefore criest thou unto me? speak unto the children of Israel, that they go forward:

15: И сказал Господь Моисею: что ты вопиешь ко Мне? скажи сынам Израилевым, чтоб они шли,
14:15
εἶπεν επω say; speak
δὲ δε though; while
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τί τις.1 who?; what?
βοᾷς βοαω scream; shout
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
λάλησον λαλεω talk; speak
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἀναζευξάτωσαν αναζευγνυω break camp; return to
14:15
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
מַה־ mah- מָה what
תִּצְעַ֖ק tiṣʕˌaq צעק cry
אֵלָ֑י ʔēlˈāy אֶל to
דַּבֵּ֥ר dabbˌēr דבר speak
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִסָּֽעוּ׃ yissˈāʕû נסע pull out
14:15. dixitque Dominus ad Mosen quid clamas ad me loquere filiis Israhel ut proficiscantur
And the Lord said to Moses: Why criest thou to me? Speak to the children of Israel to go forward.
14:15. And the Lord said to Moses: “Why cry out to me? Tell the sons of Israel to continue on.
14:15. And the LORD said unto Moses, Wherefore criest thou unto me? speak unto the children of Israel, that they go forward:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
15-20: The Pillar of Cloud.B. C. 1491.
15 And the LORD said unto Moses, Wherefore criest thou unto me? speak unto the children of Israel, that they go forward: 16 But lift thou up thy rod, and stretch out thine hand over the sea, and divide it: and the children of Israel shall go on dry ground through the midst of the sea. 17 And I, behold, I will harden the hearts of the Egyptians, and they shall follow them: and I will get me honour upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen. 18 And the Egyptians shall know that I am the LORD, when I have gotten me honour upon Pharaoh, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen. 19 And the angel of God, which went before the camp of Israel, removed and went behind them; and the pillar of the cloud went from before their face, and stood behind them: 20 And it came between the camp of the Egyptians and the camp of Israel; and it was a cloud and darkness to them, but it gave light by night to these: so that the one came not near the other all the night.
We have here,
I. Direction given to Israel's leader.
1. What he must do himself. He must, for the present, leave off praying, and apply himself to his business (v. 15): Wherefore cryest thou unto me? Moses, though he was assured of a good issue to the present distress, yet did not neglect prayer. We read not of one word he said in prayer, but he lifted up to God his heart, the language of which God well understood and took notice of. Moses's silent prayers of faith prevailed more with God than Israel's loud outcries of fear, v. 10. Note, (1.) Praying, if of the right kind, is crying to God, which denotes it to be the language both of a natural and of an importunate desire. (2.) To quicken his diligence. Moses had something else to do besides praying; he was to command the hosts of Israel, and it was now requisite that he should be at his post. Every thing is beautiful in its season.
2. What he must order Israel to do. Speak to them, that they go forward. Some think that Moses had prayed, not so much for their deliverance (he was assured of that) as for the pardon of heir murmurings, and that God's ordering them to go forward was an intimation of the pardon. There is no going forward with any comfort but in the sense of our reconciliation to God. Moses had bidden them stand still, and expect orders from God; and now orders are given. They thought they must have been directed either to the right hand or to the left. "No," says God, "speak to them to go forward, directly to the sea-side;" as if there had lain a fleet of transport-ships ready for them to embark in. Note, When we are in the way of our duty, though we met with difficulties, we must go forward, and not stand in mute astonishment; we must mind present work and then leave the even to God, use means and trust him with the issue.
3. What he might expect God to do. Let the children of Israel go as far as they can upon dry ground, and then God will divide the sea, and open a passage for them through it, v. 16-18. God designs, not only to deliver the Israelites, but to destroy the Egyptians; and the plan of his counsels is accordingly. (1.) He will show favour to Israel; the waters shall be divided for them to pass through, v. 16. The same power could have congealed the waters for them to pass over; but Infinite Wisdom chose rather to divide the waters for them to pass through; for that way of salvation is always pitched upon which is most humbling. Thus it is said, with reference to this (Isa. lxiii. 13, 14), He led them through the deep, as a beast goes down into the valley, and thus made himself a glorious name. (2.) He will get him honour upon Pharaoh. If the due rent of honour be not paid to the great landlord, by and from whom we have and hold our beings and comforts, he will distrain for it, and recover it. God will be a loser by no man. In order to this, it is threatened: I, behold I, will harden Pharaoh's heart, v. 17. The manner of expression is observable: I, behold I, will do it. "I, that may do it;" so it is the language of his sovereignty. We may not contribute to the hardening of any man's heart, nor withhold any thing that we can do towards the softening of it; but God's grace is his own, he hath mercy on whom he will have mercy, and whom he will be hardeneth. "I, that can do it;" so it is the language of his power; none but the Almighty can make the heart soft (Job xxiii. 16), nor can any other being make it hard. "I, that will do it;" for it is the language of his justice; it is a righteous thing with God to put those under the impressions of his wrath who have long resisted the influences of his grace. It is spoken in a way of triumph over this obstinate and presumptuous rebel: "I even I, will take an effectual course to humble him; he shall break that would not bend." It is an expression like that (Isa. i. 24), Ah, I will ease me of my adversaries.
II. A guard set upon Israel's camp where it now lay most exposed, which was in the rear, v. 19, 20. The angel of God, whose ministry was made use of in the pillar of cloud and fire, went from before the camp of Israel, where they did not now need a guide (there was no danger of missing their way through the sea, nor needed they any other word of command than to go forward), and it came behind them, where now they needed a guard (the Egyptians being just ready to seize the hindmost of them), and so was a wall of partition between them. There it was of use to the Israelites, not only to protect them, but to light them through the sea, and, at the same time, it confounded the Egyptians, so that they lost sight of their prey just when they were ready to lay hands on it. The word and providence of God have a black and dark side towards sin and sinners, but a bright and pleasant side towards those that are Israelites indeed. That which is a savour of life unto life to some is a savour of death unto death to others. This was not the first time that he who in the beginning divided between light and darkness (Gen. i. 4), and still forms both (Isa. xlv. 7), had, at the same time, allotted darkness to the Egyptians and light to the Israelites, a specimen of the endless distinction which will be made between the inheritance of the saints in light and that utter darkness which for ever will be the portion of hypocrites. God will separate between the precious and the vile.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:15: Wherefore criest thou unto me? - We hear not one word of Moses' praying, and yet here the Lord asks him why he cries unto him? From which we may learn that the heart of Moses was deeply engaged with God, though it is probable he did not articulate one word; but the language of sighs, tears, and desires is equally intelligible to God with that of words. This consideration should be a strong encouragement to every feeble, discouraged mind: Thou canst not pray, but thou canst weep; if even tears are denied thee, (for there may be deep and genuine repentance, where the distress is so great as to stop up those channels of relief), then thou canst sigh; and God, whose Spirit has thus convinced thee of sin, righteousness, and judgment, knows thy unutterable groanings, and reads the inexpressible wish of thy burdened soul, a wish of which himself is the author, and which he has breathed into thy heart with the purpose to satisfy it.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:15: Wherefore criest thou unto me? - Moses does not speak of his intercession, and we only know of it from this answer to his prayer.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:15: Exo 17:4; Jos 7:10; Ezr 10:4, Ezr 10:5; Neh 9:9
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:15
The words of Jehovah to Moses, "What criest thou to Me?" imply that Moses had appealed to God for help, or laid the complaints of the people before Him, and do not convey any reproof, but merely an admonition to resolute action. The people were to move forward, and Moses was to stretch out his hand with his staff over the sea and divide it, so that the people might go through the midst on dry ground. Ex 14:17 and Ex 14:18 repeat the promise in Ex 14:3, Ex 14:4. The command and promise were followed by immediate help (Ex 14:19-29). Whilst Moses divided the water with his staff, and thus prepared the way, the angel of God removed from before the Israelites, and placed himself behind them as a defence against the Egyptians, who were following them. "Upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen" (Ex 14:17), is in apposition to "all his host;" as Pharaoh's army consisted entirely of chariots and horsemen (cf. Ex 14:18).
Geneva 1599
14:15 And the LORD said unto Moses, Wherefore (i) criest thou unto me? speak unto the children of Israel, that they go forward:
(i) Thus in temptation faith fights against the flesh, and cries with inward groanings to the Lord.
John Gill
14:15 And the Lord said unto Moses, wherefore criest thou unto me?.... The Targum of Jonathan is,"why standest thou and prayest before me?''and no doubt this crying is to be understood of prayer, of mental prayer, of secret ejaculations put up by Moses to the Lord without a voice, for no mention is made of any: this shows, that though Moses most firmly believed that God would work salvation for them, yet he did not neglect the use of means, prayer to God for it; nor was the Lord displeased with him on that account, only he had other work for him to do, and he had no need to pray any longer, God had heard him, and would save him and his people:
speak unto the children of Israel, that they go forward; a little further, as Aben Ezra observes, until they were come to the sea shore, near to which they now were; and thither they were to move in an orderly composed manner, as unconcerned and fearless of their enemies.
John Wesley
14:15 Wherefore criest thou unto me - Moses though he was assured of a good issue, yet did not neglect prayer. We read not of one word he said in prayer, but he lifted up his heart to God, and God well understood, and took notice of. Moses's silent prayer prevailed more with God, than Israel's loud out - cries. But is God displeased with Moses for praying? No, he asks this question, Wherefore criest thou unto me? Wherefore shouldst thou press thy petition any farther, when it is already granted? Moses has something else to do besides praying, he is to command the hosts of Israel. Speak to them that they go forward - Some think Moses had prayed not so much for their deliverance, he was assured of that; as for the pardon of their murmurings, and God's ordering them to go forward, was an intimation of the pardon. Moses bid them stand still and expect orders from God: and now orders are given. They thought they must have been directed either to the right hand, or to the left; no, saith God, speak to them to go forward, directly to the sea - side; as if there had lain a fleet of transport ships ready for them to embark in. Let the children of Israel go as far as they can upon dry ground, and then God will divide the sea. The same power could have congealed the waters for them to pass over, but infinite wisdom chose rather to divide the waters for them to pass through, for that way of salvation is always pitched upon which is most humbling.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:15 the Lord said unto Moses, Wherefore criest thou unto me? &c.--When in answer to his prayers, he received the divine command to go forward, he no longer doubted by what kind of miracle the salvation of his mighty charge was to be effected.
14:1614:16: Եւ դու ա՛ռ զգաւազանդ քո. եւ ձգեա՛ զձեռն քո ՚ի վերայ ծովուն եւ սպառեա՛ զնա. եւ մտցեն որդիքն Իսրայէլի ՚ի մէջ ծովուն ընդ ցամաք[619]։ [619] Այլք. ՚Ի վերայ ծովուն, եւ պատառեա՛ զնա։ Ոմանք. Ընդ մէջ ծովուն ընդ ցամաք։
16 Իսկ դու ա՛ռ գաւազանդ, ձեռքդ մեկնի՛ր ծովի վրայ, ճեղքի՛ր այն, եւ իսրայէլացիները թող մտնեն ծովի մէջ ու անցնեն ինչպէս ցամաքով:
16 Եւ դուն գաւազանդ վերցուր ու ձեռքդ ծովուն վրայ երկնցուր ու ճեղքէ զայն որպէս զի Իսրայէլի որդիները ծովուն մէջէն ցամաքով երթան։
Եւ դու առ զգաւազանդ քո եւ ձգեա զձեռն քո ի վերայ ծովուն եւ պատառեա զնա. եւ մտցեն որդիքն Իսրայելի ի մէջ ծովուն ընդ ցամաք:

14:16: Եւ դու ա՛ռ զգաւազանդ քո. եւ ձգեա՛ զձեռն քո ՚ի վերայ ծովուն եւ սպառեա՛ զնա. եւ մտցեն որդիքն Իսրայէլի ՚ի մէջ ծովուն ընդ ցամաք[619]։
[619] Այլք. ՚Ի վերայ ծովուն, եւ պատառեա՛ զնա։ Ոմանք. Ընդ մէջ ծովուն ընդ ցամաք։
16 Իսկ դու ա՛ռ գաւազանդ, ձեռքդ մեկնի՛ր ծովի վրայ, ճեղքի՛ր այն, եւ իսրայէլացիները թող մտնեն ծովի մէջ ու անցնեն ինչպէս ցամաքով:
16 Եւ դուն գաւազանդ վերցուր ու ձեռքդ ծովուն վրայ երկնցուր ու ճեղքէ զայն որպէս զի Իսրայէլի որդիները ծովուն մէջէն ցամաքով երթան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1616: а ты подними жезл твой и простри руку твою на море, и раздели его, и пройдут сыны Израилевы среди моря по суше;
14:16 καὶ και and; even σὺ συ you ἔπαρον επαιρω lift up; rear up τῇ ο the ῥάβδῳ ραβδος rod σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even ἔκτεινον εκτεινω extend τὴν ο the χεῖρά χειρ hand σου σου of you; your ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea καὶ και and; even ῥῆξον ρηγνυμι gore; burst αὐτήν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even εἰσελθάτωσαν εισερχομαι enter; go in οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel εἰς εις into; for μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea κατὰ κατα down; by τὸ ο the ξηρόν ξηρος withered; dry
14:16 וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתָּ֞ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you הָרֵ֣ם hārˈēm רום be high אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מַטְּךָ֗ maṭṭᵊḵˈā מַטֶּה staff וּ û וְ and נְטֵ֧ה nᵊṭˈē נטה extend אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יָדְךָ֛ yāḏᵊḵˈā יָד hand עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea וּ û וְ and בְקָעֵ֑הוּ vᵊqāʕˈēhû בקע split וְ wᵊ וְ and יָבֹ֧אוּ yāvˈōʔû בוא come בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֥וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst הַ ha הַ the יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יַּבָּשָֽׁה׃ yyabbāšˈā יַבָּשָׁה dry land
14:16. tu autem eleva virgam tuam et extende manum super mare et divide illud ut gradiantur filii Israhel in medio mari per siccumBut lift thou up thy rod, and stretch forth thy hand over the sea, and divide it: that the children of Israel may go through the midst of the sea on dry ground.
16. And lift thou up thy rod, and stretch out thine hand over the sea, and divide it: and the children of Israel shall go into the midst of the sea on dry ground.
14:16. Now, lift up your staff, and extend your hand over the sea and divide it, so that the sons of Israel may walk through the midst of the sea on dry ground.
14:16. But lift thou up thy rod, and stretch out thine hand over the sea, and divide it: and the children of Israel shall go on dry [ground] through the midst of the sea.
But lift thou up thy rod, and stretch out thine hand over the sea, and divide it: and the children of Israel shall go on dry [ground] through the midst of the sea:

16: а ты подними жезл твой и простри руку твою на море, и раздели его, и пройдут сыны Израилевы среди моря по суше;
14:16
καὶ και and; even
σὺ συ you
ἔπαρον επαιρω lift up; rear up
τῇ ο the
ῥάβδῳ ραβδος rod
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
ἔκτεινον εκτεινω extend
τὴν ο the
χεῖρά χειρ hand
σου σου of you; your
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
καὶ και and; even
ῥῆξον ρηγνυμι gore; burst
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
εἰσελθάτωσαν εισερχομαι enter; go in
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
εἰς εις into; for
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὸ ο the
ξηρόν ξηρος withered; dry
14:16
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתָּ֞ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you
הָרֵ֣ם hārˈēm רום be high
אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מַטְּךָ֗ maṭṭᵊḵˈā מַטֶּה staff
וּ û וְ and
נְטֵ֧ה nᵊṭˈē נטה extend
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יָדְךָ֛ yāḏᵊḵˈā יָד hand
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea
וּ û וְ and
בְקָעֵ֑הוּ vᵊqāʕˈēhû בקע split
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָבֹ֧אוּ yāvˈōʔû בוא come
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֥וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יַּבָּשָֽׁה׃ yyabbāšˈā יַבָּשָׁה dry land
14:16. tu autem eleva virgam tuam et extende manum super mare et divide illud ut gradiantur filii Israhel in medio mari per siccum
But lift thou up thy rod, and stretch forth thy hand over the sea, and divide it: that the children of Israel may go through the midst of the sea on dry ground.
14:16. Now, lift up your staff, and extend your hand over the sea and divide it, so that the sons of Israel may walk through the midst of the sea on dry ground.
14:16. But lift thou up thy rod, and stretch out thine hand over the sea, and divide it: and the children of Israel shall go on dry [ground] through the midst of the sea.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:16: Lift thou up thy rod - Neither Moses nor his rod could be any effective instrument in a work which could be accomplished only by the omnipotence of God; but it was necessary that he should appear in it, in order that he might have credit in the sight of the Israelites, and that they might see that God had chosen him to be the instrument of their deliverance.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:16: lift: Exo 14:21, Exo 14:26, Exo 4:2, Exo 4:17, Exo 4:20, Exo 7:9, Exo 7:19
the sea: This sea was what is called in Scripture yam suph, "the sea of weeds;" so called, according to Mr. Bruce, from the vast quantity of coral which grows in it. In the LXX it is called θαλασσα ερυθρα, and by the Latins Rubrum mare, and we from them the Red Sea; so called it is supposed, from Edom (red) or Esau, whose territories extend to its coasts. It separates Arabia from Egypt and Ethiopia, and is computed to be 150 leagues in length from Suez to the straits of Babelmandel. The upper part is divided into two gulfs, that to the East called the Elanitic, from the city Elana at the northern extremity, and that to the west, the Heroopolitic, from the city of Heroopolis. The former is called by the Arabians Bahr el Akaba, the sea of Akaba; and the latter Bahr el Kolzum, the sea of destruction, or Clysm; which was that which the Israelites passed.
and the: Exo 14:21, Exo 14:22
John Gill
14:16 But lift thou up thy rod, and stretch out thine hand over the sea, and divide it,.... Even the same rod with which so many wonders had been done in Egypt; and Artapanus, the Heathen, says (x), that Moses being bid by a divine voice to smite the sea with his rod, he hearkened to it, and touched the water with it, and so it divided, as it is said it did, Ex 14:21.
and the children of Israel shall go on dry ground through the midst of the sea; and so they did, Ex 14:22.
(x) Apud Euseb. Praepar. Evangel. l. 9. c. 27. p. 436.
14:1714:17: Եւ ահա ես խստացուցի՛ց զսիրտն փարաւոնի, եւ զԵգիպտացւո՛ցն ամենեցուն, եւ մտցեն զկնի դոցա։ Եւ փառաւորեցա՛յց ես ՚ի փարաւոն եւ յամենայն զօրս նորա, եւ ՚ի կառս նորա եւ յերիվարս նորա։
17 Ես կը կարծրացնեմ փարաւոնի եւ բոլոր եգիպտացիների սիրտը, սրանք նրանց յետեւից ծով կը մտնեն, եւ ես կը փառաւորուեմ փարաւոնի, նրա ամբողջ զօրքի, կառքերի ու հեծելազօրի առաջ:
17 Ես ահա Եգիպտացիներուն սիրտը պիտի կարծրացնեմ ու ձեր ետեւէն պիտի գան։ Ես Փարաւոնին ու անոր բոլոր զօրքերուն վրայ, անոր կառքերուն ու անոր ձիաւորներուն վրայ պիտի փառաւորուիմ։
Եւ ահա ես խստացուցից [189]զսիրտն փարաւոնի եւ զԵգիպտացւոցն ամենեցուն,`` եւ մտցեն զկնի դոցա. եւ փառաւորեցայց ես ի փարաւոն եւ յամենայն զօրս նորա եւ ի կառս նորա եւ յերիվարս նորա:

14:17: Եւ ահա ես խստացուցի՛ց զսիրտն փարաւոնի, եւ զԵգիպտացւո՛ցն ամենեցուն, եւ մտցեն զկնի դոցա։ Եւ փառաւորեցա՛յց ես ՚ի փարաւոն եւ յամենայն զօրս նորա, եւ ՚ի կառս նորա եւ յերիվարս նորա։
17 Ես կը կարծրացնեմ փարաւոնի եւ բոլոր եգիպտացիների սիրտը, սրանք նրանց յետեւից ծով կը մտնեն, եւ ես կը փառաւորուեմ փարաւոնի, նրա ամբողջ զօրքի, կառքերի ու հեծելազօրի առաջ:
17 Ես ահա Եգիպտացիներուն սիրտը պիտի կարծրացնեմ ու ձեր ետեւէն պիտի գան։ Ես Փարաւոնին ու անոր բոլոր զօրքերուն վրայ, անոր կառքերուն ու անոր ձիաւորներուն վրայ պիտի փառաւորուիմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1717: Я же ожесточу сердце Египтян, и они пойдут вслед за ними; и покажу славу Мою на фараоне и на всем войске его, на колесницах его и на всадниках его;
14:17 καὶ και and; even ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am ἐγὼ εγω I σκληρυνῶ σκληρυνω harden τὴν ο the καρδίαν καρδια heart Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao καὶ και and; even τῶν ο the Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian πάντων πας all; every καὶ και and; even εἰσελεύσονται εισερχομαι enter; go in ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐνδοξασθήσομαι ενδοξαζω make glorious ἐν εν in Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in πάσῃ πας all; every τῇ ο the στρατιᾷ στρατια army αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the ἅρμασιν αρμα chariot καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the ἵπποις ιππος horse αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
14:17 וַ wa וְ and אֲנִ֗י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i הִנְנִ֤י hinnˈî הִנֵּה behold מְחַזֵּק֙ mᵊḥazzˌēq חזק be strong אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] לֵ֣ב lˈēv לֵב heart מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and יָבֹ֖אוּ yāvˌōʔû בוא come אַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after וְ wᵊ וְ and אִכָּבְדָ֤ה ʔikkāvᵊḏˈā כבד be heavy בְּ bᵊ בְּ in פַרְעֹה֙ farʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole חֵילֹ֔ו ḥêlˈô חַיִל power בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רִכְבֹּ֖ו riḵbˌô רֶכֶב chariot וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in פָרָשָֽׁיו׃ fārāšˈāʸw פָּרָשׁ horseman
14:17. ego autem indurabo cor Aegyptiorum ut persequantur vos et glorificabor in Pharaone et in omni exercitu eius in curribus et in equitibus illiusAnd I will harden the heart of the Egyptians to pursue you: and I will be glorified in Pharao, and in all his host, and in his chariots and in his horsemen.
17. And I, behold, I will harden the hearts of the Egyptians, and they shall go in after them: and I will get me honour upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen.
14:17. Then I will harden the heart of the Egyptians, so as to pursue you. And I will be glorified in Pharaoh, and in all his army, and in his chariots, and in his horsemen.
14:17. And I, behold, I will harden the hearts of the Egyptians, and they shall follow them: and I will get me honour upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen.
And I, behold, I will harden the hearts of the Egyptians, and they shall follow them: and I will get me honour upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen:

17: Я же ожесточу сердце Египтян, и они пойдут вслед за ними; и покажу славу Мою на фараоне и на всем войске его, на колесницах его и на всадниках его;
14:17
καὶ και and; even
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
ἐγὼ εγω I
σκληρυνῶ σκληρυνω harden
τὴν ο the
καρδίαν καρδια heart
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
καὶ και and; even
τῶν ο the
Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
πάντων πας all; every
καὶ και and; even
εἰσελεύσονται εισερχομαι enter; go in
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐνδοξασθήσομαι ενδοξαζω make glorious
ἐν εν in
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
πάσῃ πας all; every
τῇ ο the
στρατιᾷ στρατια army
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
ἅρμασιν αρμα chariot
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
ἵπποις ιππος horse
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
14:17
וַ wa וְ and
אֲנִ֗י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
הִנְנִ֤י hinnˈî הִנֵּה behold
מְחַזֵּק֙ mᵊḥazzˌēq חזק be strong
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
לֵ֣ב lˈēv לֵב heart
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָבֹ֖אוּ yāvˌōʔû בוא come
אַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִכָּבְדָ֤ה ʔikkāvᵊḏˈā כבד be heavy
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
פַרְעֹה֙ farʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
חֵילֹ֔ו ḥêlˈô חַיִל power
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רִכְבֹּ֖ו riḵbˌô רֶכֶב chariot
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
פָרָשָֽׁיו׃ fārāšˈāʸw פָּרָשׁ horseman
14:17. ego autem indurabo cor Aegyptiorum ut persequantur vos et glorificabor in Pharaone et in omni exercitu eius in curribus et in equitibus illius
And I will harden the heart of the Egyptians to pursue you: and I will be glorified in Pharao, and in all his host, and in his chariots and in his horsemen.
14:17. Then I will harden the heart of the Egyptians, so as to pursue you. And I will be glorified in Pharaoh, and in all his army, and in his chariots, and in his horsemen.
14:17. And I, behold, I will harden the hearts of the Egyptians, and they shall follow them: and I will get me honour upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:17: Exo 14:4
behold: Gen 6:17, Gen 9:9; Lev 26:28; Deu 32:39; Isa 48:15, Isa 51:12; Jer 23:39; Eze 5:8, Eze 6:3, Eze 34:11, Eze 34:20; Hos 5:14
I will: Exo 14:8, Exo 4:23, Exo 7:3, Exo 7:13, Exo 7:14
and I will: Exo 14:18
John Gill
14:17 And I, behold, I will harden the hearts of the Egyptians,.... That they shall have no sense of danger, and be fearless of it, incautious and thoughtless, hurried on with wrath and fury, malice and revenge:
and they shall follow them; the Israelites into the sea, supposing it to be as safe for the one as the other:
and I will get me honour upon Pharaoh, and upon all his host, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen: by the utter destruction of them, in just retaliation for the many innocent infants that had been drowned by them in the river Nile.
14:1814:18: Եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն Եգիպտացիքն՝ թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր. ՚ի փառաւորել իմում ՚ի փարաւոն՝ եւ ՚ի կառս նորա եւ յերիվարս նորա։
18 Բոլոր եգիպտացիները կը գիտենան, որ ե՛ս եմ Տէրը, երբ փառաւորուեմ փարաւոնի, նրա կառքերի ու հեծելազօրի առաջ»:
18 Երբ ես Փարաւոնին ու անոր կառքերուն եւ անոր ձիաւորներուն վրայ փառաւորուիմ, Եգիպտացիները պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը»։
Եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն Եգիպտացիքն թէ ես եմ Տէր, ի փառաւորել իմում ի փարաւոն եւ ի կառս նորա եւ յերիվարս նորա:

14:18: Եւ ծանիցեն ամենայն Եգիպտացիքն՝ թէ ե՛ս եմ Տէր. ՚ի փառաւորել իմում ՚ի փարաւոն՝ եւ ՚ի կառս նորա եւ յերիվարս նորա։
18 Բոլոր եգիպտացիները կը գիտենան, որ ե՛ս եմ Տէրը, երբ փառաւորուեմ փարաւոնի, նրա կառքերի ու հեծելազօրի առաջ»:
18 Երբ ես Փարաւոնին ու անոր կառքերուն եւ անոր ձիաւորներուն վրայ փառաւորուիմ, Եգիպտացիները պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1818: и узнают Египтяне, что Я Господь, когда покажу славу Мою на фараоне, на колесницах его и на всадниках его.
14:18 καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐνδοξαζομένου ενδοξαζω make glorious μου μου of me; mine ἐν εν in Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the ἅρμασιν αρμα chariot καὶ και and; even ἵπποις ιππος horse αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
14:18 וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדְע֥וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt כִּי־ kî- כִּי that אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH בְּ bᵊ בְּ in הִכָּבְדִ֣י hikkāvᵊḏˈî כבד be heavy בְּ bᵊ בְּ in פַרְעֹ֔ה farʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רִכְבֹּ֖ו riḵbˌô רֶכֶב chariot וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in פָרָשָֽׁיו׃ fārāšˈāʸw פָּרָשׁ horseman
14:18. et scient Aegyptii quia ego sum Dominus cum glorificatus fuero in Pharaone et in curribus atque in equitibus eiusAnd the Egyptians shall know that I am the Lord, when I shall be glorified in Pharao, and in his chariots, and in his horsemen.
18. And the Egyptians shall know that I am the LORD, when I have gotten me honour upon Pharaoh, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen.
14:18. And the Egyptians will know that I am the Lord, when I will be glorified in Pharaoh, and in his chariots, as well as in his horsemen.”
14:18. And the Egyptians shall know that I [am] the LORD, when I have gotten me honour upon Pharaoh, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen.
And the Egyptians shall know that I [am] the LORD, when I have gotten me honour upon Pharaoh, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen:

18: и узнают Египтяне, что Я Господь, когда покажу славу Мою на фараоне, на колесницах его и на всадниках его.
14:18
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐνδοξαζομένου ενδοξαζω make glorious
μου μου of me; mine
ἐν εν in
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
ἅρμασιν αρμα chariot
καὶ και and; even
ἵπποις ιππος horse
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
14:18
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדְע֥וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
כִּי־ kî- כִּי that
אֲנִ֣י ʔᵃnˈî אֲנִי i
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
הִכָּבְדִ֣י hikkāvᵊḏˈî כבד be heavy
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
פַרְעֹ֔ה farʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רִכְבֹּ֖ו riḵbˌô רֶכֶב chariot
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
פָרָשָֽׁיו׃ fārāšˈāʸw פָּרָשׁ horseman
14:18. et scient Aegyptii quia ego sum Dominus cum glorificatus fuero in Pharaone et in curribus atque in equitibus eius
And the Egyptians shall know that I am the Lord, when I shall be glorified in Pharao, and in his chariots, and in his horsemen.
14:18. And the Egyptians will know that I am the Lord, when I will be glorified in Pharaoh, and in his chariots, as well as in his horsemen.”
14:18. And the Egyptians shall know that I [am] the LORD, when I have gotten me honour upon Pharaoh, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:18: Shall know that I am the Lord - Pharaoh had just recovered from the consternation and confusion with which the late plagues had overwhelmed him, and now he is emboldened to pursue after Israel; and God is determined to make his overthrow so signal by such an exertion of omnipotence, that he shall get himself honor by this miraculous act, and that the Egyptians shall know, i.e., acknowledge, that he is Jehovah, the omnipotent, self-existing, eternal God.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:18: Exo 14:4, Exo 7:5, Exo 7:17
John Gill
14:18 And the Egyptians shall know that I am the Lord,.... Acknowledge him to be Jehovah, the self-existent, eternal, and immutable Being, the one only living and true God, who is wise and powerful, faithful, just, and true; that is, those Egyptians that were left behind in Egypt, hearing what was done at the Red sea; for as for those that came with Pharaoh, they all perished to a man:
when I have gotten me honour upon Pharaoh, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen; by casting them into the sea, and drowning them there, thereby showing himself to be mightier than he.
14:1914:19: Եւ ամբարձա՛ւ հրեշտակն Աստուծոյ որ երթայր առաջի բանակի որդւոցն Իսրայէլի. եւ չոգաւ զկնի նոցա. եւ վերացաւ սիւն ամպոյն յերեսաց նոցա, եւ եկաց ՚ի թիկանց նոցա։
19 Իսրայէլացիների բանակի առջեւից գնացող Աստծու հրեշտակը ելաւ ու անցաւ գնաց նրանց յետեւը: Վերացաւ ամպի սիւնը նրանց առջեւից ու կանգնեց նրանց թիկունքին:
19 Աստուծոյ հրեշտակը, որ Իսրայէլի բանակին առջեւէն կ’երթար, անցաւ անոնց ետեւը։ Ամպի սիւնն ալ անոնց առջեւէն անցաւ ու անոնց ետին կայնեցաւ։
Եւ ամբարձաւ հրեշտակն Աստուծոյ որ երթայր առաջի բանակի որդւոցն Իսրայելի, եւ չոգաւ զկնի նոցա, եւ վերացաւ սիւն ամպոյն յերեսաց նոցա եւ եկաց ի թիկանց նոցա:

14:19: Եւ ամբարձա՛ւ հրեշտակն Աստուծոյ որ երթայր առաջի բանակի որդւոցն Իսրայէլի. եւ չոգաւ զկնի նոցա. եւ վերացաւ սիւն ամպոյն յերեսաց նոցա, եւ եկաց ՚ի թիկանց նոցա։
19 Իսրայէլացիների բանակի առջեւից գնացող Աստծու հրեշտակը ելաւ ու անցաւ գնաց նրանց յետեւը: Վերացաւ ամպի սիւնը նրանց առջեւից ու կանգնեց նրանց թիկունքին:
19 Աստուծոյ հրեշտակը, որ Իսրայէլի բանակին առջեւէն կ’երթար, անցաւ անոնց ետեւը։ Ամպի սիւնն ալ անոնց առջեւէն անցաւ ու անոնց ետին կայնեցաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:1919: И двинулся Ангел Божий, шедший пред станом Израилевых, и пошел позади их; двинулся и столп облачный от лица их и стал позади их;
14:19 ἐξῆρεν εξαιρω lift out / up; remove δὲ δε though; while ὁ ο the ἄγγελος αγγελος messenger τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God ὁ ο the προπορευόμενος προπορευομαι travel forth; travel before τῆς ο the παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go ἐκ εκ from; out of τῶν ο the ὄπισθεν οπισθεν from behind; in back of ἐξῆρεν εξαιρω lift out / up; remove δὲ δε though; while καὶ και and; even ὁ ο the στῦλος στυλος pillar τῆς ο the νεφέλης νεφελη cloud ἀπὸ απο from; away προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἔστη ιστημι stand; establish ἐκ εκ from; out of τῶν ο the ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
14:19 וַ wa וְ and יִּסַּ֞ע yyissˈaʕ נסע pull out מַלְאַ֣ךְ malʔˈaḵ מַלְאָךְ messenger הָ hā הַ the אֱלֹהִ֗ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) הַ ha הַ the הֹלֵךְ֙ hōlēḵ הלך walk לִ li לְ to פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face מַחֲנֵ֣ה maḥᵃnˈē מַחֲנֶה camp יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וַ wa וְ and יֵּ֖לֶךְ yyˌēleḵ הלך walk מֵ mē מִן from אַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after וַ wa וְ and יִּסַּ֞ע yyissˈaʕ נסע pull out עַמּ֤וּד ʕammˈûḏ עַמּוּד pillar הֶֽ hˈe הַ the עָנָן֙ ʕānˌān עָנָן cloud מִ mi מִן from פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם ppᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face וַ wa וְ and יַּֽעֲמֹ֖ד yyˈaʕᵃmˌōḏ עמד stand מֵ mē מִן from אַחֲרֵיהֶֽם׃ ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after
14:19. tollensque se angelus Dei qui praecedebat castra Israhel abiit post eos et cum eo pariter columna nubis priora dimittens post tergumAnd the angel of God, who went before the camp of Israel, removing, went behind them: and together with him the pillar of the cloud, leaving the forepart,
19. And the angel of God, which went before the camp of Israel, removed and went behind them; and the pillar of cloud removed from before them, and stood behind them:
14:19. And the Angel of God, who preceded the camp of Israel, lifting himself up, went behind them. And the pillar of cloud, together with him, left the front for the rear
14:19. And the angel of God, which went before the camp of Israel, removed and went behind them; and the pillar of the cloud went from before their face, and stood behind them:
And the angel of God, which went before the camp of Israel, removed and went behind them; and the pillar of the cloud went from before their face, and stood behind them:

19: И двинулся Ангел Божий, шедший пред станом Израилевых, и пошел позади их; двинулся и столп облачный от лица их и стал позади их;
14:19
ἐξῆρεν εξαιρω lift out / up; remove
δὲ δε though; while
ο the
ἄγγελος αγγελος messenger
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
ο the
προπορευόμενος προπορευομαι travel forth; travel before
τῆς ο the
παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἐπορεύθη πορευομαι travel; go
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῶν ο the
ὄπισθεν οπισθεν from behind; in back of
ἐξῆρεν εξαιρω lift out / up; remove
δὲ δε though; while
καὶ και and; even
ο the
στῦλος στυλος pillar
τῆς ο the
νεφέλης νεφελη cloud
ἀπὸ απο from; away
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἔστη ιστημι stand; establish
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῶν ο the
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
14:19
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסַּ֞ע yyissˈaʕ נסע pull out
מַלְאַ֣ךְ malʔˈaḵ מַלְאָךְ messenger
הָ הַ the
אֱלֹהִ֗ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
הַ ha הַ the
הֹלֵךְ֙ hōlēḵ הלך walk
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
מַחֲנֵ֣ה maḥᵃnˈē מַחֲנֶה camp
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּ֖לֶךְ yyˌēleḵ הלך walk
מֵ מִן from
אַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסַּ֞ע yyissˈaʕ נסע pull out
עַמּ֤וּד ʕammˈûḏ עַמּוּד pillar
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
עָנָן֙ ʕānˌān עָנָן cloud
מִ mi מִן from
פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם ppᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face
וַ wa וְ and
יַּֽעֲמֹ֖ד yyˈaʕᵃmˌōḏ עמד stand
מֵ מִן from
אַחֲרֵיהֶֽם׃ ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after
14:19. tollensque se angelus Dei qui praecedebat castra Israhel abiit post eos et cum eo pariter columna nubis priora dimittens post tergum
And the angel of God, who went before the camp of Israel, removing, went behind them: and together with him the pillar of the cloud, leaving the forepart,
14:19. And the Angel of God, who preceded the camp of Israel, lifting himself up, went behind them. And the pillar of cloud, together with him, left the front for the rear
14:19. And the angel of God, which went before the camp of Israel, removed and went behind them; and the pillar of the cloud went from before their face, and stood behind them:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:19: The angel of God - It has been thought by some that the angel, i.e., messenger, of the Lord, and the pillar of cloud, mean here the same thing. An angel might assume the appearance of a cloud; and even a material cloud thus particularly appointed might be called an angel or messenger of the Lord, for such is the literal import of the word מלאך malach, an angel. It is however most probable that the Angel of the covenant, the Lord Jesus, appeared on this occasion in behalf of the people; for as this deliverance was to be an illustrious type of the deliverance of man from the power and guilt of sin by his incarnation and death, it might have been deemed necessary, in the judgment of Divine wisdom, that he should appear chief agent in this most important and momentous crisis. On the word angel, and Angel of the covenant, See Clarke's note on Gen 16:7; See Clarke's note on Gen 18:13; and See Clarke's note on Exo 3:2.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:19: The angel of God - Compare the margin reference, and see Exo 3:2.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:19: the angel: Exo 14:24, Exo 13:21, Exo 23:20, Exo 23:21, Exo 32:34; Num 20:16; Isa 63:9
and the pillar: Exo 13:21, Exo 13:22
John Gill
14:19 And the Angel of God which went before the camp of Israel,.... The Jews say (y) this was Michael, the great prince, who became a wall of fire between Israel and the Egyptians; and if they understood by him the uncreated angel, the eternal Word, the Son of God, who is always in Scripture meant by Michael, they are right: for certainly this Angel of the Lord is the same with Jehovah, who is said to go before them in a pillar of cloud and fire, Ex 13:21,
removed, and went behind them; but because removing from place to place, and going forwards or backwards, cannot be properly said of a divine Person, who is omnipresent, and fills every place and space; this is to be understood of the emblem of him, the pillar of cloud, as the next clause explains it:
and the pillar of the cloud went from before their face, and stood behind them; the Targum of Jonathan adds,"because of the Egyptians, who cast arrows and stones, and the cloud received them;''and so Jarchi; whereby the Israelites were protected and preserved from receiving any hurt by them: so Christ is the protection of his people from all their enemies, sin, Satan, and the world, that sin cannot damn them, nor Satan destroy them, nor the world overcome them; for his salvation is as walls and bulwarks to them, and he is indeed a wall of fire about them.
(y) Pirke Eliezer, c. 42.
John Wesley
14:19 The angel of God - Whose ministry was made use of in the pillar of cloud and fire, went from before the camp of Israel, where they did not now need a guide; there was no danger of missing their way through the sea, and came behind them, where now they needed a guard, the Egyptians being just ready to seize the hindmost of them. There it was of use to the Israelites, not only to protect them, but to light them through the sea; and at the same time it confounded the Egyptians, so that they lost sight of their prey, just when they were ready to lay hands on it. The word and providence of God have a black and dark side towards sin and sinners, but a bright and pleasant side towards those that are Israelites indeed.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:19 the angel of God--that is, the pillar of cloud [see on Ex 13:21]. The slow and silent movement of that majestic column through the air, and occupying a position behind them must have excited the astonishment of the Israelites (Is 58:8). It was an effectual barrier between them and their pursuers, not only protecting them, but concealing their movements. Thus, the same cloud produced light (a symbol of favor) to the people of God, and darkness (a symbol of wrath) to their enemies (compare 2Cor 2:16).
14:2014:20: Եւ եմուտ ՚ի մէջ բանակի Եգիպտացւոցն, եւ ՚ի մէջ բանակի Իսրայէլացւոցն, եւ եղեւ խաւա՛ր եւ մէգ. եւ անց գիշերն. եւ ո՛չ խառնեցան ընդ միմեանս զամենայն գիշերն։
20 Ամպի սիւնը մտաւ եգիպտացիների ու իսրայէլացիների բանակների միջեւ: Խաւար ու մէգ պատեց[29]: Գիշերն անցաւ, բայց ողջ գիշերը բանակները իրար չմօտեցան: [29] 29. Եբրայերէնում՝ Եգիպտացիների համար ամպ ու խաւար եղաւ:
20 Եգիպտացիներու բանակին ու Իսրայէլի բանակին մէջտեղ եկաւ ու Եգիպտացիներու ամպ ու խաւար եղաւ, բայց գիշերը Իսրայելացիներուն լոյս կու տար։ Բոլոր գիշերը իրարու չմօտեցան։
Եւ եմուտ ի մէջ բանակի Եգիպտացւոցն եւ ի մէջ բանակի Իսրայելացւոցն, եւ եղեւ խաւար եւ [190]մէգ, եւ անց գիշերն``. եւ ոչ խառնեցան ընդ միմեանս զամենայն գիշերն:

14:20: Եւ եմուտ ՚ի մէջ բանակի Եգիպտացւոցն, եւ ՚ի մէջ բանակի Իսրայէլացւոցն, եւ եղեւ խաւա՛ր եւ մէգ. եւ անց գիշերն. եւ ո՛չ խառնեցան ընդ միմեանս զամենայն գիշերն։
20 Ամպի սիւնը մտաւ եգիպտացիների ու իսրայէլացիների բանակների միջեւ: Խաւար ու մէգ պատեց[29]: Գիշերն անցաւ, բայց ողջ գիշերը բանակները իրար չմօտեցան:
[29] 29. Եբրայերէնում՝ Եգիպտացիների համար ամպ ու խաւար եղաւ:
20 Եգիպտացիներու բանակին ու Իսրայէլի բանակին մէջտեղ եկաւ ու Եգիպտացիներու ամպ ու խաւար եղաւ, բայց գիշերը Իսրայելացիներուն լոյս կու տար։ Բոլոր գիշերը իրարու չմօտեցան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2020: и вошел в средину между станом Египетским и между станом Израилевых, и был облаком и мраком [для одних] и освещал ночь [для других], и не сблизились одни с другими во всю ночь.
14:20 καὶ και and; even εἰσῆλθεν εισερχομαι enter; go in ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῆς ο the παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks τῶν ο the Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian καὶ και and; even ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῆς ο the παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἔστη ιστημι stand; establish καὶ και and; even ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become σκότος σκοτος dark καὶ και and; even γνόφος γνοφος gloom καὶ και and; even διῆλθεν διερχομαι pass through; spread ἡ ο the νύξ νυξ night καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not συνέμιξαν συμμιγνυμι one another ὅλην ολος whole; wholly τὴν ο the νύκτα νυξ night
14:20 וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֞א yyāvˈō בוא come בֵּ֣ין׀ bˈên בַּיִן interval מַחֲנֵ֣ה maḥᵃnˈē מַחֲנֶה camp מִצְרַ֗יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וּ û וְ and בֵין֙ vên בַּיִן interval מַחֲנֵ֣ה maḥᵃnˈē מַחֲנֶה camp יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֤י yᵊhˈî היה be הֶֽ hˈe הַ the עָנָן֙ ʕānˌān עָנָן cloud וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the חֹ֔שֶׁךְ ḥˈōšeḵ חֹשֶׁךְ darkness וַ wa וְ and יָּ֖אֶר yyˌāʔer אור be light אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the לָּ֑יְלָה llˈāyᵊlā לַיְלָה night וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹא־ lō- לֹא not קָרַ֥ב qārˌav קרב approach זֶ֛ה zˈeh זֶה this אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to זֶ֖ה zˌeh זֶה this כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the לָּֽיְלָה׃ llˈāyᵊlā לַיְלָה night
14:20. stetit inter castra Aegyptiorum et castra Israhel et erat nubes tenebrosa et inluminans noctem ut ad se invicem toto noctis tempore accedere non valerentStood behind, between the Egyptians' camp and the camp of Israel: and it was a dark cloud, and enlightening the night, so that they could not come at one another all the night.
20. and it came between the camp of Egypt and the camp of Israel; and there was the cloud and the darkness, yet gave it light by night: and the one came not near the other all the night.
14:20. and stood between the camp of the Egyptians and the camp of Israel. And it was a dark cloud, yet it illuminated the night, so that they could not succeed at approaching one another at any time all that night.
14:20. And it came between the camp of the Egyptians and the camp of Israel; and it was a cloud and darkness [to them], but it gave light by night [to these]: so that the one came not near the other all the night.
And it came between the camp of the Egyptians and the camp of Israel; and it was a cloud and darkness [to them], but it gave light by night [to these]: so that the one came not near the other all the night:

20: и вошел в средину между станом Египетским и между станом Израилевых, и был облаком и мраком [для одних] и освещал ночь [для других], и не сблизились одни с другими во всю ночь.
14:20
καὶ και and; even
εἰσῆλθεν εισερχομαι enter; go in
ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῆς ο the
παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
τῶν ο the
Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
καὶ και and; even
ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῆς ο the
παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἔστη ιστημι stand; establish
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
σκότος σκοτος dark
καὶ και and; even
γνόφος γνοφος gloom
καὶ και and; even
διῆλθεν διερχομαι pass through; spread
ο the
νύξ νυξ night
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
συνέμιξαν συμμιγνυμι one another
ὅλην ολος whole; wholly
τὴν ο the
νύκτα νυξ night
14:20
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֞א yyāvˈō בוא come
בֵּ֣ין׀ bˈên בַּיִן interval
מַחֲנֵ֣ה maḥᵃnˈē מַחֲנֶה camp
מִצְרַ֗יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וּ û וְ and
בֵין֙ vên בַּיִן interval
מַחֲנֵ֣ה maḥᵃnˈē מַחֲנֶה camp
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֤י yᵊhˈî היה be
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
עָנָן֙ ʕānˌān עָנָן cloud
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
חֹ֔שֶׁךְ ḥˈōšeḵ חֹשֶׁךְ darkness
וַ wa וְ and
יָּ֖אֶר yyˌāʔer אור be light
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
לָּ֑יְלָה llˈāyᵊlā לַיְלָה night
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
קָרַ֥ב qārˌav קרב approach
זֶ֛ה zˈeh זֶה this
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
זֶ֖ה zˌeh זֶה this
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
לָּֽיְלָה׃ llˈāyᵊlā לַיְלָה night
14:20. stetit inter castra Aegyptiorum et castra Israhel et erat nubes tenebrosa et inluminans noctem ut ad se invicem toto noctis tempore accedere non valerent
Stood behind, between the Egyptians' camp and the camp of Israel: and it was a dark cloud, and enlightening the night, so that they could not come at one another all the night.
14:20. and stood between the camp of the Egyptians and the camp of Israel. And it was a dark cloud, yet it illuminated the night, so that they could not succeed at approaching one another at any time all that night.
14:20. And it came between the camp of the Egyptians and the camp of Israel; and it was a cloud and darkness [to them], but it gave light by night [to these]: so that the one came not near the other all the night.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:20: It was a cloud and darkness to them, etc. - That the Israelites might not be dismayed at the appearance of their enemies, and that these might not be able to discern the object of their pursuit, the pillar of cloud moved from the front to the rear of the Israelitish camp, so as perfectly to separate between them and the Egyptians. It appears also that this cloud had two sides, one dark and the other luminous: the luminous side gave light to the whole camp of Israel during the night of passage; and the dark side, turned towards the pursuing Egyptians, prevented them from receiving any benefit from that light. How easily can God make the same thing an instrument of destruction or salvation, as seems best to his godly wisdom! He alone can work by all agents, and produce any kind of effect even by the same instrument; for all things serve the purposes of his will.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:20: Psa 18:11; Pro 4:18, Pro 4:19; Isa 8:14; Co2 2:15, Co2 2:16
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:20
"And it was the cloud and the darkness (sc., to the Egyptians), and lighted up the night (sc., to the Israelites)." Fuit nubes partim lucida et partim tenebricosa, ex una parte tenebricosa fuit Aegyptiis, ex altera lucida Israelitis (Jonathan). Although the article is striking in והחשׁך, the difficulty is not to be removed, as Ewald proposes, by substituting והחשׁך, "and as for the cloud, it caused darkness;" for in that case the grammar would require the imperfect with ו consec. This alteration of the text is also rendered suspicious from the fact that both Onkelos and the lxx read and render the word as a substantive.
Geneva 1599
14:20 And it came between the camp of the Egyptians and the camp of Israel; and it was a cloud and darkness [to them], but it gave (k) light by night [to these]: so that the one came not near the other all the night.
(k) The cloud gave light to the Israelites, but to the Egyptians it was darkness, so that their two groups could not join together.
John Gill
14:20 And it came between the camp of the Egyptians and the camp of Israel,.... That is, the pillar of cloud, and the Angel of God, or Jehovah, in it, whereby the camp of Israel was secured from being annoyed by the camp of the Egyptians; and was an emblem of the gracious interposition of Christ between his spiritual Israel, whom he has redeemed by his blood, and their spiritual enemies, the Egyptians, the men of the world that hate them, from whose rage and malice Christ is their protection and safeguard:
and it was a cloud and darkness to them; to the Egyptians; it cast a shade upon them, and made the darkness of the night still greater to them, so that they could not see their way, and knew not where they were:
but it gave light by night to these; to the Israelites, so that they could see their way, and walk on in the midst of the sea, as on dry land; and such a light and guide they needed; for it was now the twenty first day of the month, seven days after the full of the moon, when the passover began, and therefore could have no benefit from the moon. The Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem say, that half the cloud was light, and half darkness; and it seems plain from the account, that that side of it which was towards the Egyptians was dark, and that which was towards the Israelites was light, and so an hinderance to the one and a benefit to the other: thus Christ is set for the rising of some, and the fall of others; and his Gospel is to some the savour of death unto death, and to others the savour of life unto life; to the one it is a hidden Gospel, and lies in darkness and obscurity, and to others a great and glorious light:
so that one came not near the other all the night; an emblem of that division and separation which the grace of God, the blood of Christ, and the light of the Gospel, make between the true Israel of God, and the men of the world; and which will continue throughout time, and to all eternity, so that they will never come near to each other; see Lk 16:26.
14:2114:21: Եւ ձգեաց Մովսէս զձեռն իւր ՚ի վերայ ծովուն. եւ դարձո՛յց անդրէն զծովն բռնութեամբ հողմոյ հարաւոյ զամենայն գիշերն. եւ արա՛ր զծովն ցամաք. եւ պատառեցաւ ջուրն։
21 Մովսէսը ձեռքը մեկնեց ծովի վրայ, եւ հարաւային հողմի ուժով ողջ գիշեր ծովը յետ մղուեց. բացուեց ծովի յատակը, ջուրը երկուսի բաժանուեց:
21 Մովսէս իր ձեռքը ծովուն վրայ երկնցուց ու Տէրը արեւելեան սաստիկ հովով ետ դարձուց ծովը եւ բոլոր գիշերը ջուրերը ճեղքուեցան, ծովը ցամքեցաւ
Եւ ձգեաց Մովսէս զձեռն իւր ի վերայ ծովուն, եւ [191]դարձոյց անդրէն զծովն բռնութեամբ հողմոյ [192]հարաւոյ զամենայն գիշերն, եւ արար զծովն ցամաք, եւ պատառեցաւ ջուրն:

14:21: Եւ ձգեաց Մովսէս զձեռն իւր ՚ի վերայ ծովուն. եւ դարձո՛յց անդրէն զծովն բռնութեամբ հողմոյ հարաւոյ զամենայն գիշերն. եւ արա՛ր զծովն ցամաք. եւ պատառեցաւ ջուրն։
21 Մովսէսը ձեռքը մեկնեց ծովի վրայ, եւ հարաւային հողմի ուժով ողջ գիշեր ծովը յետ մղուեց. բացուեց ծովի յատակը, ջուրը երկուսի բաժանուեց:
21 Մովսէս իր ձեռքը ծովուն վրայ երկնցուց ու Տէրը արեւելեան սաստիկ հովով ետ դարձուց ծովը եւ բոլոր գիշերը ջուրերը ճեղքուեցան, ծովը ցամքեցաւ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2121: И простер Моисей руку свою на море, и гнал Господь море сильным восточным ветром всю ночь и сделал море сушею, и расступились воды.
14:21 ἐξέτεινεν εκτεινω extend δὲ δε though; while Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τὴν ο the χεῖρα χειρ hand ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea καὶ και and; even ὑπήγαγεν υπαγω head off; go κύριος κυριος lord; master τὴν ο the θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea ἐν εν in ἀνέμῳ ανεμος gale νότῳ νοτος south wind βιαίῳ βιαιος violent ὅλην ολος whole; wholly τὴν ο the νύκτα νυξ night καὶ και and; even ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make τὴν ο the θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea ξηράν ξηρος withered; dry καὶ και and; even ἐσχίσθη σχιζω split; cut out τὸ ο the ὕδωρ υδωρ water
14:21 וַ wa וְ and יֵּ֨ט yyˌēṭ נטה extend מֹשֶׁ֣ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יָדֹו֮ yāḏˈô יָד hand עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the יָּם֒ yyˌom יָם sea וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣ולֶךְ yyˈôleḵ הלך walk יְהוָ֣ה׀ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ֠ ha הַ the יָּם yyˌom יָם sea בְּ bᵊ בְּ in ר֨וּחַ rˌûₐḥ רוּחַ wind קָדִ֤ים qāḏˈîm קָדִים east עַזָּה֙ ʕazzˌā עַז strong כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the לַּ֔יְלָה llˈaylā לַיְלָה night וַ wa וְ and יָּ֥שֶׂם yyˌāśem שׂים put אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea לֶ le לְ to † הַ the חָרָבָ֑ה ḥārāvˈā חָרָבָה dry ground וַ wa וְ and יִּבָּקְע֖וּ yyibboqʕˌû בקע split הַ ha הַ the מָּֽיִם׃ mmˈāyim מַיִם water
14:21. cumque extendisset Moses manum super mare abstulit illud Dominus flante vento vehementi et urente tota nocte et vertit in siccum divisaque est aquaAnd when Moses had stretched forth his hand over the sea, the Lord took it away by a strong and burning wind blowing all the night, and turned it into dry ground: and the water was divided.
21. And Moses stretched out his hand over the sea; and the LORD caused the sea to go by a strong east wind all the night, and made the sea dry land, and the waters were divided.
14:21. And when Moses had extended his hand over the sea, the Lord took it away by an intense burning wind, blowing throughout the night, and he turned it into dry ground. And the water was divided.
14:21. And Moses stretched out his hand over the sea; and the LORD caused the sea to go [back] by a strong east wind all that night, and made the sea dry [land], and the waters were divided.
And Moses stretched out his hand over the sea; and the LORD caused the sea to go [back] by a strong east wind all that night, and made the sea dry [land], and the waters were divided:

21: И простер Моисей руку свою на море, и гнал Господь море сильным восточным ветром всю ночь и сделал море сушею, и расступились воды.
14:21
ἐξέτεινεν εκτεινω extend
δὲ δε though; while
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τὴν ο the
χεῖρα χειρ hand
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
καὶ και and; even
ὑπήγαγεν υπαγω head off; go
κύριος κυριος lord; master
τὴν ο the
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
ἐν εν in
ἀνέμῳ ανεμος gale
νότῳ νοτος south wind
βιαίῳ βιαιος violent
ὅλην ολος whole; wholly
τὴν ο the
νύκτα νυξ night
καὶ και and; even
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
τὴν ο the
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
ξηράν ξηρος withered; dry
καὶ και and; even
ἐσχίσθη σχιζω split; cut out
τὸ ο the
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
14:21
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּ֨ט yyˌēṭ נטה extend
מֹשֶׁ֣ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יָדֹו֮ yāḏˈô יָד hand
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
יָּם֒ yyˌom יָם sea
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣ולֶךְ yyˈôleḵ הלך walk
יְהוָ֣ה׀ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ֠ ha הַ the
יָּם yyˌom יָם sea
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
ר֨וּחַ rˌûₐḥ רוּחַ wind
קָדִ֤ים qāḏˈîm קָדִים east
עַזָּה֙ ʕazzˌā עַז strong
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
לַּ֔יְלָה llˈaylā לַיְלָה night
וַ wa וְ and
יָּ֥שֶׂם yyˌāśem שׂים put
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea
לֶ le לְ to
הַ the
חָרָבָ֑ה ḥārāvˈā חָרָבָה dry ground
וַ wa וְ and
יִּבָּקְע֖וּ yyibboqʕˌû בקע split
הַ ha הַ the
מָּֽיִם׃ mmˈāyim מַיִם water
14:21. cumque extendisset Moses manum super mare abstulit illud Dominus flante vento vehementi et urente tota nocte et vertit in siccum divisaque est aqua
And when Moses had stretched forth his hand over the sea, the Lord took it away by a strong and burning wind blowing all the night, and turned it into dry ground: and the water was divided.
14:21. And when Moses had extended his hand over the sea, the Lord took it away by an intense burning wind, blowing throughout the night, and he turned it into dry ground. And the water was divided.
14:21. And Moses stretched out his hand over the sea; and the LORD caused the sea to go [back] by a strong east wind all that night, and made the sea dry [land], and the waters were divided.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
21: Вслед за отдалением евреев от египтян божественной силой, знаком чего было простертие руки Моисея с жезлом, совершается разделение морских вод. По еврейскому тексту оно производится при посредстве восточного ветра, а по греческому — южного. Подобное разногласие объясняется следующим образом. По свидетельству путешественников, на Суэцком перешейке ветер дует в северо-восточном и юго-восточном направлении. И так как в еврейском языке имеются имена только для четырех стран, то естественно, что один и тот же ветер — юго-восточный мог быть назван и южным, и восточным. Далее, произведенное ветром Действие обозначается в оригинальном тексте глаголом «бака», что значит «распарывать», «раскалывать», «расщеплять». Водная масса, следовательно, не просто разгоняется ветром, а раскалывается, разделяется им на две части, прямое указание на что и содержится в словах ст. 22: «воды были им стеною по правую сторону и левую» (ср. Пс 73:13; 77:13; 135:13; Неем 9:11; Ис 63:12; 1: Кор 10:1). (Основное направление Красного (Чермного) моря — с юго-востока на северо-запад. Следовательно, разделить пополам воды мог только ветер с преобладающей южной стороны, так как наличие столь сильного восточного ветра наверняка могло препятствовать переходу евреев через Красное море. Таким образом, указание греческого текста о южном ветре, «распоровшем» море, при наличии сведений об отсутствии указаний промежуточных направлений, как раз подтверждается географическими и историческими данными. Прим. ред.)
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
21: The Destruction of the Egyptians.B. C. 1491.
21 And Moses stretched out his hand over the sea; and the LORD caused the sea to go back by a strong east wind all that night, and made the sea dry land, and the waters were divided. 22 And the children of Israel went into the midst of the sea upon the dry ground: and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left. 23 And the Egyptians pursued, and went in after them to the midst of the sea, even all Pharaoh's horses, his chariots, and his horsemen. 24 And it came to pass, that in the morning watch the LORD looked unto the host of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire and of the cloud, and troubled the host of the Egyptians, 25 And took off their chariot wheels, that they drave them heavily: so that the Egyptians said, Let us flee from the face of Israel; for the LORD fighteth for them against the Egyptians. 26 And the LORD said unto Moses, Stretch out thine hand over the sea, that the waters may come again upon the Egyptians, upon their chariots, and upon their horsemen. 27 And Moses stretched forth his hand over the sea, and the sea returned to his strength when the morning appeared; and the Egyptians fled against it; and the LORD overthrew the Egyptians in the midst of the sea. 28 And the waters returned, and covered the chariots, and the horsemen, and all the host of Pharaoh that came into the sea after them; there remained not so much as one of them. 29 But the children of Israel walked upon dry land in the midst of the sea; and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left. 30 Thus the LORD saved Israel that day out of the hand of the Egyptians; and Israel saw the Egyptians dead upon the sea shore. 31 And Israel saw that great work which the LORD did upon the Egyptians: and the people feared the LORD, and believed the LORD, and his servant Moses.
We have here the history of that work of wonder which is so often mentioned both in the Old and New Testament, the dividing of the Red Sea before the children of Israel. It was the terror of the Canaanites (Josh. ii. 9, 10), the praise and triumph of the Israelites, Ps. cxiv. 3; cvi. 9; cxxxvi. 13, 14. It was a type of baptism, 1 Cor. x. 1, 2. Israel's passage through it was typical of the conversion of souls (Isa. xi. 15), and the Egyptians' perdition in it was typical of the final ruin of all impenitent sinners, Rev. xx. 14. Here we have,
I. An instance of God's almighty power in the kingdom of nature, in dividing the sea, and opening a passage through the waters. It was a bay, or gulf, or arm of the sea, two or three leagues over, which was divided, v. 21. The instituted sign made use of was Moses's stretching out his hand over it, to signify that it was done in answer to his prayer, for the confirmation of his mission, and in favour to the people whom he led. The natural sign was a strong east wind, signifying that it was done by the power of God, whom the winds and the seas obey. If there be any passage in the book of Job which has reference to the miracles wrought for Israel's deliverance out of Egypt, it is that in Job xxvi. 12, He divideth the sea with his power, and by his understanding he smileth through Rahab (so the word is), that is, Egypt. Note, God can bring his people through the greatest difficulties, and force a way where he does not find it. The God of nature has not tied himself to its laws, but, when he pleases, dispenses with them, and then the fire does not burn, nor the water flow.
II. An instance of his wonderful favour to his Israel. They went through the sea to the opposite shore, for I cannot suppose, with some, that they fetched a compass, and came out again on the same side, v. 22. They walked upon dry land in the midst of the sea, v. 29. And the pillar of cloud, that glory of the Lord, being their rearward (Isa. lviii. 8), that the Egyptians might not charge them in the flank, the waters were a wall to them (it is twice mentioned) on their right hand and on their left. Moses and Aaron, it is probable, ventured first into this untrodden path, and then all Israel after them; and this march through the paths of the great waters would make their march afterwards, through the wilderness, less formidable. Those who had followed God through the sea needed not to fear following him whithersoever he led them. This march through the sea was in the night, and not a moon-shiny night, for it was seven days after the full moon, so that they had no light but what they had from the pillar of cloud and fire. This made it the more awful; but where God leads us he will light us; while we follow his conduct, we shall not want his comforts.
This was done, and recorded, in order to encourage God's people in all ages to trust in him in the greatest straits. What cannot he do who did this? What will not he do for those hat fear and love him who did this for these murmuring unbelieving Israel is, who yet were beloved for their fathers' sake, and for the sake of a remnant among them? We find the saints, long afterwards, making themselves sharers in the triumphs of this march (Ps. lxvi. 6): They went through the flood on foot; there did we rejoice in him: and see how this work of wonder is improved, Ps. lxxvii. 11, 16, 19.
III. An instance of his just and righteous wrath upon his and his people's enemies, the Egyptians. Observe here, 1. How they were infatuated. In the heat of their pursuit, they went after the Israelites into the midst of the sea, v. 23. "Why," thought they, "may not we venture where Israel did?" Once or twice the magicians of Egypt had done what Moses did, with their enchantments; Pharaoh remembered this, but forgot how they were nonplussed at last. They were more advantageously provided with chariots and horses, while the Israelites were on foot. Pharaoh had said, I know not the Lord; and by this it appeared he did not, else he would not have ventured thus. None so bold as those that are blind. Rage against Israel made them thus daring and inconsiderate: they had long hardened their own hearts; and now God hardened them to their ruin, and hid from their eyes the things that belonged to their peace and safety. Surely in vain is the net spread in the sight of any bird (Prov. i. 17); yet so blind where the Egyptians that they hastened to the snare, Prov. vii. 23. Note, The ruin of sinners is brought on by their own presumption, which hurries them headlong into the pit. They are self-destroyers. 2. How they were troubled and perplexed, v. 24, 25. For some hours they marched through the divided waters as safely and triumphantly as Israel did, not doubting but, that, in a little time, they should gain their point. But, in the morning watch, the Lord looked upon the host of the Egyptians, and troubled them. Something or other they saw or heard from the pillar of cloud and fire which put them into great consternation, and gave them an apprehension of their ruin before it was brought upon them. Now it appeared that the triumphing of the wicked is short, and that God has ways to frighten sinners into despair, before he plunges them into destruction. He cuts off the spirit of princes, and is terrible to the kings of the earth. (1.) They had hectored and boasted as if the day were their own; but now they were troubled and dismayed, struck with a panic-fear. (2.) They had driven furiously; but now they drove heavily, and found themselves plugged and embarrassed at every step; the way grew deep, their hearts grew sad, their wheels dropped off, and the axle-trees failed. Thus can God check the violence of those that are in pursuit of his people. (3.) They had been flying upon the back of Israel, as the hawk upon the trembling dove; but now they cried, Let us flee from the face of Israel, which had become to them like a torch of fire in a sheaf, Zech. xii. 6. Israel has now, all of a sudden, become as much a terror to them as they had been to Israel. They might have let Israel alone and would not; now they would flee from the face of Israel and cannot. Men will not be convinced, till it is too late, that those who meddle with God's people meddle to their own hurt; when the Lord shall come with ten thousands of his saints, to execute judgment, the mighty men will in vain seek to shelter themselves under rocks and mountains from the face of Israel and Israel's King, Rev. vi. 15. Compare with this story, Job xxvii. 20, &c. 3. How they were all drowned. As soon as ever the children of Israel had got safely to the shore, Moses was ordered to stretch out his hand over the sea, and thereby give a signal to the waters to close again, as before, upon he word of command, they had opened to the right and the left, v. 29. He did so, and immediately the waters returned to their place, and overwhelmed all the host of the Egyptians, v. 27, 28. Pharaoh and his servants, who had hardened one another in sin, now fell together, and not one escaped. An ancient tradition says that Pharaoh's magicians, Jannes and Jambres, perished with the rest, as Balaam with the Midianites whom he had seduced, Num. xxxi. 8. And now, (1.) God avenged upon the Egyptians the blood of the firstborn whom they had drowned: and the principal is repaid with interest, it is recompensed double, full-grown Egyptians for newborn Israelites; thus the Lord is righteous, and precious is his people's blood in his sight, Ps. lxxii. 14. (2.) God reckoned with Pharaoh for all his proud and insolent conduct towards Moses his ambassador. Mocking the messengers of the Lord, and playing the fool with them, bring ruin without remedy. Now God got him honour upon Pharaoh, looking upon that proud man, and abasing him, Job. xl. 12. Come and see the desolations he made, and write it, not in water, but with an iron pen in the rock for ever. Here lies that bloody tyrant who bade defiance to his Maker, to his demands, threatenings, and judgments; a rebel to God, and a slave to his own barbarous passions; perfectly lost to humanity, virtue, and all true honour; here he lies, buried in the deep, a perpetual monument of divine justice. Here he went down to the pit, though he was the terror of the mighty in the land of the living. This is Pharaoh and all his multitude, Ezek. xxxi. 18.
IV. Here is the notice which the Israelites took of this wonderful work which God wrought for them, and the good impressions which it made upon them for the present.
1. They saw the Egyptians dead upon the sands, v. 30. Providence so ordered it that the next tide threw up the dead bodies, (1.) For the greater disgrace of the Egyptians. Now the beasts and birds of prey were called to eat the flesh of the captains and mighty men, Rev. xix. 17, 18. The Egyptians were very nice and curious in embalming and preserving the bodies of their great men, but here the utmost contempt is poured upon all the grandees of Egypt; see how they lie, heaps upon heaps, as dung upon the face of the earth. (2.) For the greater triumph of the Israelites, and to affect them the more with their deliverance; for the eye affects the heart. See Isa. lxvi. 24, They shall go forth, and look upon the carcases of the men that have transgressed against me. Probably they stripped the slain and, having borrowed jewels of their neighbours before, which (the Egyptians having by this hostile pursuit of them broken their faith with them) henceforward they were not under any obligation to restore, they now got arms from them, which, some think, they were not before provided with. Thus, when God broke the heads of Leviathan in pieces, he gave him to be meat to the people inhabiting the wilderness, Ps. lxxiv. 14.
2. The sight of this great work greatly affected them, and now they feared the Lord, and believed the Lord, and his servant Moses, v. 31. Now they were ashamed of their distrusts and murmurings, and, in the good mind they were in, they would never again despair of help from Heaven, no, not in the greatest straits; they would never again quarrel with Moses, nor talk of returning to Egypt. They were now baptized unto Moses in the sea, 1 Cor. x. 2. This great work which God wrought for them by the ministry of Moses bound them effectually to follow his directions, under God. This confirmed their faith in the promises that were yet to be fulfilled; and, being brought thus triumphantly out of Egypt, they did not doubt that they should be in Canaan shortly, having such a God to trust to, and such a mediator between them and him. O that there had been such a heart in them as now there seemed to be! Sensible mercies, when they are fresh, make sensible impressions; but with many these impressions soon wear off: while they see God's works, and feel the benefit of them, they fear him and trust in him; but they soon forget his works, and then they slight him. How well were it for us if we were always in as good a frame as we are in sometimes!
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:21: The Lord caused the sea to go back - That part of the sea over which the Israelites passed was, according to Mr. Bruce and other travelers, about four leagues across, and therefore might easily be crossed in one night. In the dividing of the sea two agents appear to be employed, though the effect produced can be attributed to neither. By stretching out the rod the waters were divided; by the blowing of the vehement, ardent, east wind, the bed of the sea was dried. It has been observed, that in the place where the Israelites are supposed to have passed, the water is about fourteen fathoms or twenty-eight yards deep: had the wind mentioned here been strong enough, naturally speaking, to have divided the waters, it must have blown in one narrow track, and continued blowing in the direction in which the Israelites passed; and a wind sufficient to have raised a mass of water twenty-eight yards deep and twelve miles in length, out of its bed, would necessarily have blown the whole six hundred thousand men away, and utterly destroyed them and their cattle. I therefore conclude that the east wind, which was ever remarked as a parching, burning wind, was used after the division of the waters, merely to dry the bottom, and render it passable. For an account of the hot drying winds in the east, See Clarke's note on Gen 8:1. God ever puts the highest honor on his instrument, Nature; and where it can act, he ever employs it. No natural agent could divide these waters, and cause them to stand as a wall upon the right hand and upon the left; therefore God did it by his own sovereign power. When the waters were thus divided, there was no need of a miracle to dry the bed of the sea and make it passable; therefore the strong desiccating east wind was brought, which soon accomplished this object. In this light I suppose the text should be understood.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:21: A strong east wind - The agency by which the object effected was natural (compare Exo 15:8 note): and the conditions of the narrative are satisfied by the hypothesis, that the passage took place near Suez.
The waters were divided - i. e. there was a complete separation between the water of the gulf and the water to the north of Kolsum.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:21: stretched: Exo 14:16
the Lord: Exo 15:8; Jos 3:13-16, Jos 4:23; Neh 9:11; Job 26:12; Psa 66:6, Psa 74:13; Psa 78:13, Psa 106:7-10, Psa 114:3-5, Psa 136:13; Isa 51:10, Isa 51:15, Isa 63:12
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:21
When Moses stretched out his hand with the staff (Ex 14:16) over the sea, "Jehovah made the water go (flow away) by a strong east wind the whole night, and made the sea into dry (ground), and the water split itself" (i.e., divided by flowing northward and southward); "and the Israelites went in the midst of the sea (where the water had been driven away by the wind) in the dry, and the water was a wall (i.e., a protection formed by the damming up of the water) on the right and on the left." קדים, the east wind, which may apply either to the south-east or north-east, as the Hebrew has special terms for the four quarters only. Whether the wind blew directly from the east, or somewhat from the south-east or north-east, cannot be determined, as we do not know the exact spot where the passage was made. in any case, the division of the water in both directions could only have been effected by an east wind; and although even now the ebb is strengthened by a north-east wind, as Tischendorf says, and the flood is driven so much to the south by a strong north-west wind that the gulf can be ridden through, and even forded on foot, to the north of Suez (v. Schub. Reise ii. p. 269), and "as a rule the rise and fall of the water in the Arabian Gulf is nowhere so dependent upon the wind as it is at Suez" (Wellsted, Arab. ii. 41, 42), the drying of the sea as here described cannot be accounted for by an ebb strengthened by the east wind, because the water is all driven southwards in the ebb, and not sent in two opposite directions. Such a division could only be produced by a wind sent by God, and working with omnipotent force, in connection with which the natural phenomenon of the ebb may no doubt have exerted a subordinate influence.
(Note: But as the ebb at Suez leaves the shallow parts of the gulf so far dry, when a strong wind is blowing, that it is possible to cross over them, we may understand how the legend could have arisen among the Ichthyophagi of that neighbourhood (Diod. Sic. 3, 39) and even the inhabitants of Memphis (Euseb. praep. ev. 9, 27), that the Israelites took advantage of a strong ebb, and how modern writers like Clericus have tried to show that the passage through the sea may be so accounted for.)
The passage was effected in the night, through the whole of which the wind was blowing, and in the morning watch (between three and six o'clock, Ex 14:24) it was finished.
As to the possibility of a whole nation crossing with their flocks, Robinson concludes that this might have been accomplished within the period of an extraordinary ebb, which lasted three, or at the most four hours, and was strengthened by the influence of a miraculous wind. "As the Israelites," he observes, "numbered more than two millions of persons, besides flocks and herds, they would of course be able to pass but slowly. If the part left dry were broad enough to enable them to cross in a body one thousand abreast, which would require a space of more than half a mile in breadth (and is perhaps the largest supposition admissible), still the column would be more than two thousand persons in depth, and in all probability could not have extended less than two miles. It would then have occupied at least an hour in passing over its own length, or in entering the sea; and deducting this from the largest time intervening, before the Egyptians also have entered the sea, there will remain only time enough, under the circumstances, for the body of the Israelites to have passed, at the most, over a space of three or four miles." (Researches in Palestine, vol. i. p. 84.)
But as the dividing of the water cannot be accounted for by an extraordinary ebb, even though miraculously strengthened, we have no occasion to limit the time allowed for the crossing to the ordinary period of an ebb. If God sent the wind, which divided the water and laid the bottom dry, as soon as night set in, the crossing might have begun at nine o'clock in the evening, if not before, and lasted till four of five o'clock in the morning (see Ex 14:27). By this extension of the time we gain enough for the flocks, which Robinson has left out of his calculation. The Egyptians naturally followed close upon the Israelites, from whom they were only divided by the pillar of cloud and fire; and when the rear of the Israelites had reached the opposite shore, they were in the midst of the sea. And in the morning watch Jehovah cast a look upon them in the pillar of cloud and fire, and threw their army into confusion (Ex 14:24). The breadth of the gulf at the point in question cannot be precisely determined. At the narrowest point above Suez, it is only two-thirds of a mile in breadth, or, according to Niebuhr, 3450 feet; but it was probably broader formerly, and even now is so farther up, opposite to Tell Kolzum (Rob. i. pp. 84 and 70). The place where the Israelites crossed must have been broader, otherwise the Egyptian army, with more than six hundred chariots and many horsemen, could not have been in the sea and perished there when the water returned. - "And Jehovah looked at the army of the Egyptians in (with) the pillar of cloud and fire, and troubled it." This look of Jehovah is to be regarded as the appearance of fire suddenly bursting forth from the pillar of cloud that was turned towards the Egyptians, which threw the Egyptian army into alarm and confusion, and not as "a storm with thunder and lightning," as Josephus and even Rosenmller assume, on the ground of Ps 78:18-19, though without noticing the fact that the psalmist has merely given a poetical version of the event, and intends to show "how all the powers of nature entered the service of the majestic revelation of Jehovah, when He judged Egypt and set Israel free" (Delitzsch). The fiery look of Jehovah was a much more stupendous phenomenon than a storm; hence its effect was incomparably grander, viz., a state of confusion in which the wheels of the chariots were broken off from the axles, and the Egyptians were therefore impeded in their efforts to escape.
John Gill
14:21 And Moses stretched out his hand over the sea,.... With his rod in it, as he was directed to, Ex 14:16. What the poet says (z) of Bacchus is more true of Moses, whose rod had been lift up upon the rivers Egypt, and now upon the Red sea:
and the Lord caused the sea to go back by a strong east wind all that night; and the direction of the Red sea being nearly, if not altogether, north and south, it was in a proper situation to be wrought upon and divided by an easterly wind; though the Septuagint version renders it a strong south wind. No wind of itself, without the exertion and continuance of almighty power, in a miraculous way, could have so thrown the waves of the sea on heaps, and retained them so long, that such a vast number of people should pass through it as on dry land; though this was an instrument Jehovah made use of, and that both to divide the waters of the sea, and to dry and harden the bottom of it, and make it fit for travelling, as follows:
and made the sea dry land; or made the bottom of it dry, so that it could be trod and walked upon with ease, without sinking in, sticking fast, or slipping about, which was very extraordinary:
and the waters were divided; or "after the waters were divided" (a); for they were first divided before the sea could be made dry. The Targum of Jonathan says, the waters were divided into twelve parts, answerable to the twelve tribes of Israel, and the same is observed by other Jewish writers (b), grounded upon a passage in Ps 136:13 and suppose that each tribe took its particular path.
(z) "Tu flectis amnes, tu mare barbarum--" Horat. Carmin. l. 2. Ode 19. (a) "quum diffidisset se aqua illius", Piscator; so seems to be used in ch. xvi. 20. (b) Pirke Eliezer, c. 42. Targum Jon. & Hieros. in Deut. i. 1. Jarchi, Kimchi, and Arama in Psal. cxxxvi. 13.
John Wesley
14:21 We have here the history of that work of wonder which is so often mentioned both in the Old and New Testament. An instance of God's almighty power in dividing the sea, and opening a passage through the waters. It was a bay, or gulf, or arm of the sea, two or three leagues over. The God of nature has not tied himself to its laws, but when he pleases dispenseth with them, and then the fire doth not burn, nor the water flow. They went through the sea to the opposite shore; they walked upon dry land in the midst of the sea; and the pillar of cloud being their rereward, the waters were a wall to them on their right hand, and on their left. Moses and Aaron it is likely ventured first, into this untrodden path, and then all Israel after them; and this march through the paths of the great waters would make their march afterwards through the wilderness less formidable. This march through the sea was in the night, and not a moon - shine night, for it was seven days after the full moon, so that they had no light but what they had from the pillar of fire. This made it the more awful, but where God leads us, he will light us; while we follow his conduct we shall not want his comforts.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:21 Moses stretched out his hand, &c.--The waving of the rod was of great importance on this occasion to give public attestation in the presence of the assembled Israelites, both to the character of Moses and the divine mission with which he was charged.
the Lord caused . . . a strong east wind all that night--Suppose a mere ebb tide caused by the wind, raising the water to a great height on one side, still as there was not only "dry land," but, according to the tenor of the sacred narrative, a wall on the right hand and on the left [Ex 14:22], it would be impossible on the hypothesis of such a natural cause to rear the wall on the other. The idea of divine interposition, therefore, is imperative; and, assuming the passage to have been made at Mount Attakah, or at the mouth of Wady Tawarik, an east wind would cut the sea in that line. The Hebrew word kedem, however, rendered in our translation, "east," means, in its primary signification, previous; so that this verse might, perhaps, be rendered, "the Lord caused the sea to go back by a strong previous wind all that night"; a rendering which would remove the difficulty of supposing the host of Israel marched over on the sand, in the teeth of a rushing column of wind, strong enough to heap up the waters as a wall on each side of a dry path, and give the intelligible narrative of divine interference.
14:2214:22: Եւ մտին որդիքն Իսրայէլի ՚ի մէջ ծովուն ընդ ցամաք։ Եւ եղեւ ջուրն պարիսպ ընդ աջմէ նոցա, եւ ընդ ահեկէ իւրեանց[620]։[620] Ոմանք. Որդիքն Իսրայէլի ՚ի մէջ ծովուն.. եւ ընդ ահեկէ նոցա։
22 Իսրայէլացիները մտան յատակը բացուած ծովի մէջ ու առաջ շարժուեցին ինչպէս ցամաքով: Ջուրը նրանց աջ ու ձախ կողմերից պարիսպ էր դարձել:
22 Եւ Իսրայէլի որդիները ծովուն մէջէն ցամաքով անցան։ Ջուրերը անոնց աջ կողմէն ու ձախ կողմէն պարիսպ եղան։
Եւ մտին որդիքն Իսրայելի ի մէջ ծովուն ընդ ցամաք. եւ եղեւ ջուրն պարիսպ ընդ աջմէ նոցա, եւ ընդ ահեկէ իւրեանց:

14:22: Եւ մտին որդիքն Իսրայէլի ՚ի մէջ ծովուն ընդ ցամաք։ Եւ եղեւ ջուրն պարիսպ ընդ աջմէ նոցա, եւ ընդ ահեկէ իւրեանց[620]։
[620] Ոմանք. Որդիքն Իսրայէլի ՚ի մէջ ծովուն.. եւ ընդ ահեկէ նոցա։
22 Իսրայէլացիները մտան յատակը բացուած ծովի մէջ ու առաջ շարժուեցին ինչպէս ցամաքով: Ջուրը նրանց աջ ու ձախ կողմերից պարիսպ էր դարձել:
22 Եւ Իսրայէլի որդիները ծովուն մէջէն ցամաքով անցան։ Ջուրերը անոնց աջ կողմէն ու ձախ կողմէն պարիսպ եղան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2222: И пошли сыны Израилевы среди моря по суше: воды же были им стеною по правую и по левую сторону.
14:22 καὶ και and; even εἰσῆλθον εισερχομαι enter; go in οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel εἰς εις into; for μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea κατὰ κατα down; by τὸ ο the ξηρόν ξηρος withered; dry καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the ὕδωρ υδωρ water αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him τεῖχος τειχος wall ἐκ εκ from; out of δεξιῶν δεξιος right καὶ και and; even τεῖχος τειχος wall ἐξ εκ from; out of εὐωνύμων ευωνυμος well-named; southerly
14:22 וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֧אוּ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֥וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst הַ ha הַ the יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יַּבָּשָׁ֑ה yyabbāšˈā יַבָּשָׁה dry land וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מַּ֤יִם mmˈayim מַיִם water לָהֶם֙ lāhˌem לְ to חֹמָ֔ה ḥōmˈā חֹומָה wall מִֽ mˈi מִן from ימִינָ֖ם ymînˌām יָמִין right-hand side וּ û וְ and מִ mi מִן from שְּׂמֹאלָֽם׃ śśᵊmōlˈām שְׂמֹאל lefthand side
14:22. et ingressi sunt filii Israhel per medium maris sicci erat enim aqua quasi murus a dextra eorum et levaAnd the children of Israel went in through the midst of the sea dried up; for the water was as a wall on their right hand and on their left.
22. And the children of Israel went into the midst of the sea upon the dry ground: and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left.
14:22. And the sons of Israel went in through the midst of the dried sea. For the water was like a wall at their right hand and at their left hand.
14:22. And the children of Israel went into the midst of the sea upon the dry [ground]: and the waters [were] a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left.
And the children of Israel went into the midst of the sea upon the dry [ground]: and the waters [were] a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left:

22: И пошли сыны Израилевы среди моря по суше: воды же были им стеною по правую и по левую сторону.
14:22
καὶ και and; even
εἰσῆλθον εισερχομαι enter; go in
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
εἰς εις into; for
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὸ ο the
ξηρόν ξηρος withered; dry
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
τεῖχος τειχος wall
ἐκ εκ from; out of
δεξιῶν δεξιος right
καὶ και and; even
τεῖχος τειχος wall
ἐξ εκ from; out of
εὐωνύμων ευωνυμος well-named; southerly
14:22
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֧אוּ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֥וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יַּבָּשָׁ֑ה yyabbāšˈā יַבָּשָׁה dry land
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מַּ֤יִם mmˈayim מַיִם water
לָהֶם֙ lāhˌem לְ to
חֹמָ֔ה ḥōmˈā חֹומָה wall
מִֽ mˈi מִן from
ימִינָ֖ם ymînˌām יָמִין right-hand side
וּ û וְ and
מִ mi מִן from
שְּׂמֹאלָֽם׃ śśᵊmōlˈām שְׂמֹאל lefthand side
14:22. et ingressi sunt filii Israhel per medium maris sicci erat enim aqua quasi murus a dextra eorum et leva
And the children of Israel went in through the midst of the sea dried up; for the water was as a wall on their right hand and on their left.
14:22. And the sons of Israel went in through the midst of the dried sea. For the water was like a wall at their right hand and at their left hand.
14:22. And the children of Israel went into the midst of the sea upon the dry [ground]: and the waters [were] a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
22-24: С наступлением утра, в «утреннюю стражу», настал последний, третий момент чуда, отмеченный словами: «воззрел Господь на стан египтян из столпа облачного и огненного». Принятое вавилонянами и ассириянами деление дня и ночи на стражи существовало и у евреев (1: Цар 11:11; Плач 2:19); утренняя стража, по нашему счислению, — время от 2: до 6: часов утра. Божественное действие, приведшее египтян в замешательство и обозначенное словом «воззрел», передается в еврейском тексте глаголом вайашкев от «шакав», — буквально: «наклонился с тем, чтобы посмотреть». Судя по Пс 143:3: и Ам 9:4, данное выражение указывает на движение воли Божьей, обращенной на врагов Израиля. Но внешнее действие «воззрения» — замешательство египтян дает право думать, что и причина его — «воззрение» сказалась чем-либо видимым. И действительно, Пс 76:17–19, понимает его в смысле жестокой, громовой бури, разразившейся над египтянами. «Видели Тебя, Боже, воды, видели Тебя воды и трепетали. Из туч лились воды, облака издавали глас, и стрелы Твои расходились» (ср. Пс 17:28). Равным образом, и по словам Иосифа Флавия, Господь поразил египтян громовыми ударами с сверкающими молниями.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:22: And the waters were a wall unto them on their right and on their left - This verse demonstrates that the passage was miraculous. Some have supposed that the Israelites had passed through, favored by an extraordinary ebb, which happened at that time to be produced by a strong wind, which happened just then to blow! Had this been the case, there could not have been waters standing on the right hand and on the left; much less could those waters, contrary to every law of fluids, have stood as a wall on either side while the Israelites passed through, and then happen to become obedient to the laws of gravitation when the Egyptians entered in! An infidel may deny the revelation in toto, and from such we expect nothing better; but to hear those who profess to believe this to be a Divine revelation endeavoring to prove that the passage of the Red Sea had nothing miraculous in it, is really intolerable. Such a mode of interpretation requires a miracle to make itself credible. Poor infidelity! how miserable and despicable are thy shifts!
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:22: Were a wall unto them - Compare Nah 3:8. The waters served the purpose of an intrenchment and wall; the people could not be attacked on either flank during the transit; to the north was the water covering the whole district; to the south was the Red Sea.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:22: the children: Exo 14:29, Exo 15:19; Num 33:8; Psa 66:6, Psa 78:13; Isa 63:13; Co1 10:1; Heb 11:29
and the waters: This verse demonstrates that this event was wholly miraculous, and cannot be ascribed, as some have supposed, to an extraordinary ebb, which happened just then to be produced by a strong east wind. for this would not have caused the waters, contrary to every law of fluids, to stand as a wall on the right hand and the left.
a wall: Exo 15:8; Hab 3:8-10; Zac 2:5
John Gill
14:22 And the children of Israel went into the midst of the sea upon the dry ground,.... Some Jewish writers say (c), that the tribe of Judah went in first, and then the other tribes followed; but it is most likely, what Josephus says (d), that Moses first entered in, and then the Israelites, encouraged by his example, went in after him; and a very adventurous action it was, and nothing but strong faith in the almighty power and promise of God could have engaged them in it, to which the apostle ascribes it, Heb 11:29. It is the opinion of Aben Ezra, and some other Jewish writers, that the Israelites did not pass through the Red sea to the opposite shore, only went some way into it, and took a compass in a semicircle, and came out on the same shore again, and which has been espoused by some Christian writers; and chiefly because they were in the wilderness of Etham before, and from whence they went into it, and when they came out of it, it was still the wilderness of Etham they came into, and went three days' journey into it seeking water; see Ex 13:20. Though it is possible the wilderness on the opposite shore might bear the same name, because of its likeness to it; and if it was the same wilderness that went round the Arabic gulf, or Red sea, and reached on to the other side of it, and so the wilderness of Etham lay on both sides, the difficulty is removed; for it seems most agreeable to the expressions of Scripture, that the Israelites passed through it from shore to shore. Others, in order to lessen the miracle, would have it that Moses, well knowing the country, and observing the tide, took the advantage of low water, and led the Israelites through it; and this story is told by the Egyptian priests of Memphis, as Artapanus (e) relates; but were the Egyptians less knowing of their country, and of the tide of the Red sea? and could Moses be sure of the exact time when they would come up to him, and the tide would serve him? Besides, the Egyptian priests at Heliopolis own the miracle, and relate it much as Moses has done; which must proceed from a conviction of the truth of it. And the above historian reports that the king (of Egypt) with a great army, and consecrated animals, pursued the Jews because of the substance they had borrowed of the Egyptians, which they took with them; but Moses being bid by a divine voice (or the voice of God, of Jehovah) to smite the sea with a rod, and hearkening to it, he touched the water with the rod, and so it divided, and his forces passed through a dry path, and the Egyptians attempting the same and pursuing, fire or lightning flashed out against them; and the sea shutting up the path again, partly by fire, and partly by the flow of the water, they all perished: and that this affair was miraculous, and could not be owing to any advantage taken from the tide, the following things have been observed; it is owned that the Red sea ebbs and flows like other seas that have a communication with the ocean, that is, the waters rise towards the shore during six hours, and having continued about a quarter of an hour at high water, ebb down again during another six hours; and it is observed by those who have examined it, that the greatest distance it falls from the place of high water is about three hundred yards; and that during the time of low water, one may safely travel it, as some have actually done; so that those three hundred paces, which the sea leaves uncovered during the time of low water, can continue so but for the space of half an hour at most; for during the first six hours, the sea retires only by degrees, and in less than half an hour it begins again to flow towards the shore. The most therefore that can be allowed, both of time and space of passable ground, in a moderate computation, is about two hundred paces, during six hours, or one hundred and fifty paces, during eight hours. Now it is further observed, that it is plain that a multitude consisting of upwards of two millions and a half of men, women, children, and slaves, encumbered besides with great quantities of cattle, household stuff, and the spoils of the Egyptians, could never perform such a march within so short a time; we may say within even double that space, though we should allow them also double the breadth of ground to do it on. This argument, it is added, will hold good against those who suppose they only coasted along some part of the sea, and those who maintain that they crossed the small arm or point of it which is toward the further end, near the isthmus of Suez; seeing that six or eight hours could not have sufficed for the passage of so immense a multitude, allow them what breadth of room you will; much less for Pharaoh to have entered it with his whole host (f): and for the confirmation of the Mosaic account of this affair, and as miraculous, may be observed the testimony of Diodorus Siculus, who reports (g) that it is a tradition among the Ichthyophagi, who inhabit near the Red sea, or Arabic gulf, which they have received from the report of their ancestors, and is still preserved with them, that upon a great recess of the sea, every place of the gulf became dry, the sea falling to the opposite parts, the bottom appeared green, and returning back with a mighty force, was restored to its place again; which can have reference to nothing else but to this transaction in the time of Moses. And Strabo (h) relates a very wonderful thing, and such as rarely happens, that on the shore between Tyre and Ptolemais, when they of Ptolemais had a battle with the Emperor Sarpedon at that place, and there being put to flight, a flow of the sea like an inundation covered those that fled, and some were carried into the sea and perished, and others were left dead in hollow places; after a reflux followed, and discovered and showed the bodies of those that lay among the dead fishes. Now learned men have observed (i), that what is here said of the sea of Tyre is to be understood of the Red sea, and that Sarpedon is not a proper name, but the same with , "Sarphadon", the prince of deliverance, or of the delivered, as Moses was:
and the waters were a wall to them on their right hand and on their left; some of the Jewish Rabbins from Ex 15:8 have supposed that the waters were frozen as they were drove back by the east wind, and so stood up firm while the Israelites passed through, and then another wind thawed them, which brought them upon the Egyptians; but no doubt this was done by the wonderful interposition of divine power, and perhaps the ministry of angels was made use of, to detain and continue them in this position, until the end was answered. Adrichomius says (k), the breadth of the sea was six miles at the passage of the Israelites; but a late traveller (l) tells us, that the channel between Sdur (or Shur, on the opposite side) and Gibbel Gewoubee, and Attackah (which he supposes was the place of their passage), was nine or ten miles over. Thevenot says (m), that during the space of five days he kept along the coast of the Red sea, in going to Mount Sinai, he could not observe it to be anywhere above eight or nine miles over. A later traveller (n) tells us, that from the fountains of Moses may be plainly seen a wonderful aperture (Pihahiroth; see Ex 14:2) in the mountains on the other side of the Red sea, through and from which the children of Israel entered into it, when Pharaoh and his host were drowned; which aperture is situated west-southwest from these fountains of Moses, and the breadth of the sea hereabouts, where the children of Israel passed it, is about four or five hours' journey. The Arabic geographer (o) calls the place Jethren, where Pharaoh and his host were drowned; and represents it as a dangerous place to sail in, and where many ships are lost, and that this rough place is about the space of six miles. A countryman (p) of ours, who had been in these parts, guesses that the breadth of the place (called by the Mahometans, Kilt el Pharown, the well or pit of Pharaoh) where the Israelites are said to pass through is about six or seven leagues; the difference between these writers may be accounted for by the different places where they suppose this passage was.
(c) Pirke Elizer, c. 42. (d) Antiqu. l. 2. c. 16. sect. 2. (e) Apud Euseb. Praepar. Evangel. l. 9. c. 27. p. 436. (f) Universal History, vol. 3. p. 392, 393. marg. (g) Bibliothec. l. 3. p. 174. (h) Geograph. l. 16. p. 521, 522. (i) Vid. Scheuchzer. Physic. Sacr. vol. 1. p. 167. (k) Theatrum Terrae, p. 123, 124. (l) Dr. Shaw's Travels, p. 314. Edit. 2. (m) Travels into the Levant, B. 2. ch. 33. p. 175. (n) A Journal from Grand Cairo, &c. in 1722. p. 13. Edit. 2. (o) Climat. 3. par. 3. (p) Pitts's Account of the Mahometans, p. 77.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:22 the children of Israel went into the midst of the sea, &c.--It is highly probable that Moses, along with Aaron, first planted his footsteps on the untrodden sand, encouraging the people to follow him without fear of the treacherous walls; and when we take into account the multitudes that followed him, the immense number who through infancy and old age were incapable of hastening their movements, together with all the appurtenances of the camp, the strong and steadfast character of the leaders' faith was strikingly manifested (Josh 2:10; Josh 4:23; Ps 66:6; Ps 74:13; Ps 106:9; Ps 136:13; Is 63:11-13; 1Cor 10:1; Heb 11:29).
14:2314:23: Պնդեցան Եգիպտացիքն՝ եւ մտին զկնի նոցա, ամենայն երիվարք փարաւոնի, եւ կառք նորա, եւ հեծեալք նորա ՚ի մէջ ծովուն[621]։ [621] Ոմանք. Եւ պնդեցան Եգիպ՛՛։
23 Եգիպտացիները հետապնդեցին նրանց, եւ փարաւոնի ամբողջ հեծելազօրը, նրա կառքերն ու հեծեալները նրանց յետեւից մտան ծովը:
23 Եգիպտացիները անոնց ետեւէն ինկան ու Փարաւոնին բոլոր ձիերը, կառքերն ու ձիաւորները անոնց ետեւէն ծովուն մէջը գացին։
Պնդեցան Եգիպտացիքն եւ մտին զկնի նոցա, ամենայն երիվարք փարաւոնի եւ կառք նորա եւ հեծեալք նորա ի մէջ ծովուն:

14:23: Պնդեցան Եգիպտացիքն՝ եւ մտին զկնի նոցա, ամենայն երիվարք փարաւոնի, եւ կառք նորա, եւ հեծեալք նորա ՚ի մէջ ծովուն[621]։
[621] Ոմանք. Եւ պնդեցան Եգիպ՛՛։
23 Եգիպտացիները հետապնդեցին նրանց, եւ փարաւոնի ամբողջ հեծելազօրը, նրա կառքերն ու հեծեալները նրանց յետեւից մտան ծովը:
23 Եգիպտացիները անոնց ետեւէն ինկան ու Փարաւոնին բոլոր ձիերը, կառքերն ու ձիաւորները անոնց ետեւէն ծովուն մէջը գացին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2323: Погнались Египтяне, и вошли за ними в средину моря все кони фараона, колесницы его и всадники его.
14:23 κατεδίωξαν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard δὲ δε though; while οἱ ο the Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian καὶ και and; even εἰσῆλθον εισερχομαι enter; go in ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after αὐτῶν αυτος he; him πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the ἵππος ιππος horse Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the ἅρματα αρμα chariot καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ἀναβάται αναβατης into; for μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
14:23 וַ wa וְ and יִּרְדְּפ֤וּ yyirdᵊfˈû רדף pursue מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֣אוּ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come אַחֲרֵיהֶ֔ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after כֹּ֚ל ˈkōl כֹּל whole ס֣וּס sˈûs סוּס horse פַּרְעֹ֔ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh רִכְבֹּ֖ו riḵbˌô רֶכֶב chariot וּ û וְ and פָרָשָׁ֑יו fārāšˈāʸw פָּרָשׁ horseman אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to תֹּ֖וךְ tˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst הַ ha הַ the יָּֽם׃ yyˈom יָם sea
14:23. persequentesque Aegyptii ingressi sunt post eos omnis equitatus Pharaonis currus eius et equites per medium marisAnd the Egyptians pursuing went in after them, and all Pharao's horses, his chariots and horsemen, through the midst of the sea.
23. And the Egyptians pursued, and went in after them into the midst of the sea, all Pharaoh’s horses, his chariots, and his horsemen.
14:23. And the Egyptians, pursuing them, went in after them, along with all of the horses of Pharaoh, his chariots and horsemen, through the midst of the sea.
14:23. And the Egyptians pursued, and went in after them to the midst of the sea, [even] all Pharaoh’s horses, his chariots, and his horsemen.
And the Egyptians pursued, and went in after them to the midst of the sea, [even] all Pharaoh' s horses, his chariots, and his horsemen:

23: Погнались Египтяне, и вошли за ними в средину моря все кони фараона, колесницы его и всадники его.
14:23
κατεδίωξαν καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
δὲ δε though; while
οἱ ο the
Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian
καὶ και and; even
εἰσῆλθον εισερχομαι enter; go in
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
ἵππος ιππος horse
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
ἅρματα αρμα chariot
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ἀναβάται αναβατης into; for
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
14:23
וַ wa וְ and
יִּרְדְּפ֤וּ yyirdᵊfˈû רדף pursue
מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֣אוּ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come
אַחֲרֵיהֶ֔ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˈem אַחַר after
כֹּ֚ל ˈkōl כֹּל whole
ס֣וּס sˈûs סוּס horse
פַּרְעֹ֔ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
רִכְבֹּ֖ו riḵbˌô רֶכֶב chariot
וּ û וְ and
פָרָשָׁ֑יו fārāšˈāʸw פָּרָשׁ horseman
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
תֹּ֖וךְ tˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
הַ ha הַ the
יָּֽם׃ yyˈom יָם sea
14:23. persequentesque Aegyptii ingressi sunt post eos omnis equitatus Pharaonis currus eius et equites per medium maris
And the Egyptians pursuing went in after them, and all Pharao's horses, his chariots and horsemen, through the midst of the sea.
14:23. And the Egyptians, pursuing them, went in after them, along with all of the horses of Pharaoh, his chariots and horsemen, through the midst of the sea.
14:23. And the Egyptians pursued, and went in after them to the midst of the sea, [even] all Pharaoh’s horses, his chariots, and his horsemen.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:23: Exo 14:17, Exo 15:9, Exo 15:19; Kg1 22:20; Ecc 9:3; Isa 14:24-27
John Gill
14:23 And the Egyptians pursued,.... The Israelites going forwards towards the sea as they were ordered, and going into it:
and went in after them into the midst of the sea; which if fearful of, they might conclude it was as safe for them to go in as for the Israelites; but perhaps through the darkness of the night, and the eagerness of their pursuit, they might not perceive where they were, nor the danger they were exposed unto:
even all Pharaoh's horses, his chariots, and his horsemen: which is observed to show, that as all that did go in perished, not one was saved, as after related, so all he brought with him, the whole of his army, went in, so that all that went out of Egypt were destroyed.
John Wesley
14:23 And the Egyptians went in after them into the midst of the sea - They thought, why might they not venture where Israel did? They were more advantageously provided with chariots and horses, while the Israelites were on foot.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:23 the Egyptians pursued, and went in after them to the midst of the sea--From the darkness caused by the intercepting cloud, it is probable that they were not aware on what ground they were driving: they heard the sound of the fugitives before them, and they pushed on with the fury of the avengers of blood, without dreaming that they were on the bared bed of the sea.
14:2414:24: Եւ եղեւ յառաւօտին պահուն, հայեցա՛ւ Տէր ՚ի բանակն Եգիպտացւոց սեամբ հրոյ եւ ամպոյ. եւ խռովեաց զբանակն Եգիպտացւոցն[622]. [622] Ոմանք. Յառաւօտուն պահ՛՛։
24 Առաւօտեան Տէրը հրի ու ամպի սեան միջով նայեց եգիպտացիների բանակին եւ խուճապի մատնեց եգիպտացիների բանակը.
24 Առտուն Տէրը Եգիպտացիներուն բանակին նայեցաւ կրակի ու ամպի սիւնէն ու Եգիպտացիներուն բանակը խռովութեան մէջ ձգեց։
Եւ եղեւ յառաւօտին պահուն հայեցաւ Տէր ի բանակն Եգիպտացւոց սեամբ հրոյ եւ ամպոյ, եւ խռովեաց զբանակն Եգիպտացւոցն:

14:24: Եւ եղեւ յառաւօտին պահուն, հայեցա՛ւ Տէր ՚ի բանակն Եգիպտացւոց սեամբ հրոյ եւ ամպոյ. եւ խռովեաց զբանակն Եգիպտացւոցն[622].
[622] Ոմանք. Յառաւօտուն պահ՛՛։
24 Առաւօտեան Տէրը հրի ու ամպի սեան միջով նայեց եգիպտացիների բանակին եւ խուճապի մատնեց եգիպտացիների բանակը.
24 Առտուն Տէրը Եգիպտացիներուն բանակին նայեցաւ կրակի ու ամպի սիւնէն ու Եգիպտացիներուն բանակը խռովութեան մէջ ձգեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2424: И в утреннюю стражу воззрел Господь на стан Египтян из столпа огненного и облачного и привел в замешательство стан Египтян;
14:24 ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become δὲ δε though; while ἐν εν in τῇ ο the φυλακῇ φυλακη prison; watch τῇ ο the ἑωθινῇ εωθινος and; even ἐπέβλεψεν επιβλεπω look on κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the παρεμβολὴν παρεμβολη encampment; barracks τῶν ο the Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian ἐν εν in στύλῳ στυλος pillar πυρὸς πυρ fire καὶ και and; even νεφέλης νεφελη cloud καὶ και and; even συνετάραξεν συνταρασσω the παρεμβολὴν παρεμβολη encampment; barracks τῶν ο the Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
14:24 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יְהִי֙ yᵊhˌî היה be בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אַשְׁמֹ֣רֶת ʔašmˈōreṯ אַשְׁמֹרֶת night watch הַ ha הַ the בֹּ֔קֶר bbˈōqer בֹּקֶר morning וַ wa וְ and יַּשְׁקֵ֤ף yyašqˈēf שׁקף look יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מַחֲנֵ֣ה maḥᵃnˈē מַחֲנֶה camp מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עַמּ֥וּד ʕammˌûḏ עַמּוּד pillar אֵ֖שׁ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire וְ wᵊ וְ and עָנָ֑ן ʕānˈān עָנָן cloud וַ wa וְ and יָּ֕הָם yyˈāhām המם confuse אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] מַחֲנֵ֥ה maḥᵃnˌē מַחֲנֶה camp מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
14:24. iamque advenerat vigilia matutina et ecce respiciens Dominus super castra Aegyptiorum per columnam ignis et nubis interfecit exercitum eorumAnd now the morning watch was come, and behold the Lord looking upon the Egyptian army through the pillar of fire and of the cloud, slew their host.
24. And it came to pass in the morning watch, that the LORD looked forth upon the host of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire and of cloud, and discomfited the host of the Egyptians.
14:24. And now the morning watch had arrived, and behold, the Lord, looking down upon the camp of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire and of cloud, put to death their army.
14:24. And it came to pass, that in the morning watch the LORD looked unto the host of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire and of the cloud, and troubled the host of the Egyptians,
And it came to pass, that in the morning watch the LORD looked unto the host of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire and of the cloud, and troubled the host of the Egyptians:

24: И в утреннюю стражу воззрел Господь на стан Египтян из столпа огненного и облачного и привел в замешательство стан Египтян;
14:24
ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become
δὲ δε though; while
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
φυλακῇ φυλακη prison; watch
τῇ ο the
ἑωθινῇ εωθινος and; even
ἐπέβλεψεν επιβλεπω look on
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
παρεμβολὴν παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
τῶν ο the
Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ἐν εν in
στύλῳ στυλος pillar
πυρὸς πυρ fire
καὶ και and; even
νεφέλης νεφελη cloud
καὶ και and; even
συνετάραξεν συνταρασσω the
παρεμβολὴν παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
τῶν ο the
Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
14:24
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יְהִי֙ yᵊhˌî היה be
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אַשְׁמֹ֣רֶת ʔašmˈōreṯ אַשְׁמֹרֶת night watch
הַ ha הַ the
בֹּ֔קֶר bbˈōqer בֹּקֶר morning
וַ wa וְ and
יַּשְׁקֵ֤ף yyašqˈēf שׁקף look
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מַחֲנֵ֣ה maḥᵃnˈē מַחֲנֶה camp
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עַמּ֥וּד ʕammˌûḏ עַמּוּד pillar
אֵ֖שׁ ʔˌēš אֵשׁ fire
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָנָ֑ן ʕānˈān עָנָן cloud
וַ wa וְ and
יָּ֕הָם yyˈāhām המם confuse
אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
מַחֲנֵ֥ה maḥᵃnˌē מַחֲנֶה camp
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
14:24. iamque advenerat vigilia matutina et ecce respiciens Dominus super castra Aegyptiorum per columnam ignis et nubis interfecit exercitum eorum
And now the morning watch was come, and behold the Lord looking upon the Egyptian army through the pillar of fire and of the cloud, slew their host.
14:24. And now the morning watch had arrived, and behold, the Lord, looking down upon the camp of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire and of cloud, put to death their army.
14:24. And it came to pass, that in the morning watch the LORD looked unto the host of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire and of the cloud, and troubled the host of the Egyptians,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:24: The morning watch - A watch was the fourth part of the time from sun-setting to sun-rising; so called from soldiers keeping guard by night, who being changed four times during the night, the periods came to be called watches. - Dodd.
As here and in Sa1 11:11 is mentioned the morning watch; so in Lam 2:19, the beginning of the watches; and in Jdg 7:19, the middle watch is spoken of; in Luk 12:38, the second and third watch; and in Mat 14:25, the fourth watch of the night; which in Mar 13:35 are named evening, midnight, cock-crowing, and day-dawning - Ainsworth.
As the Israelites went out of Egypt at the vernal equinox, the morning watch, or, according to the Hebrew, באשמרת הבקר beashmoreth habboker, the watch of day-break, would answer to our four o'clock in the morning - Calmet.
The Lord looked unto - This probably means that the cloud suddenly assumed a fiery appearance where it had been dark before; or they were appalled by violent thunders and lightning, which we are assured by the psalmist did actually take place, together with great inundations of rain, etc.: The clouds Poured Out Water; the skies sent out a Sound: thine Arrows also went abroad. The Voice of thy Thunder was in the heaven; the Lightnings Lightened the world; the earth Trembled and Shook. Thy way is in the sea, and thy path in the great waters. Thou leddest thy people like a flock, by the hand of Moses and Aaron; Psa 77:17-20. Such tempests as these would necessarily terrify the Egyptian horses, and produce general confusion. By their dashing hither and thither the wheels must be destroyed, and the chariots broken; and foot and horse must be mingled together in one universal ruin; see Exo 14:25. During the time that this state of horror and confusion was at its summit the Israelites had safely passed over; and then Moses, at the command of God, (Exo 14:26), having stretched out his rod over the waters, the sea returned to its strength; (Exo 14:27); i.e., the waters by their natural gravity resumed their level, and the whole Egyptian host were completely overwhelmed, Exo 14:28. But as to the Israelites, the waters had been a wall unto them on the right hand and on the left, Exo 14:29. This the waters could not have been, unless they had been supernaturally supported; as their own gravity would necessarily have occasioned them to have kept their level, or, if raised beyond it, to have regained it if left to their natural law, to which they are ever subject, unless in cases of miraculous interference. Thus the enemies of the Lord perished; and that people who decreed that the male children of the Hebrews should be drowned, were themselves destroyed in the pit which they had destined for others. God's ways are all equal; and he renders to every man according to his works.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:24: In the morning watch - At sunrise, a little before 6 a. m. in April.
Troubled - By a sudden panic.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:24: that in the: Sa1 11:11
looked unto: Job 40:12; Psa 18:13, Psa 18:14, Psa 77:16-19, Psa 104:32
through: Exo 14:19, Exo 14:20
and troubled: Exo 14:25; Job 22:13, Job 23:15, Job 23:16, Job 34:20, Job 34:29; Psa 48:5
Geneva 1599
14:24 And it came to pass, that in the morning (l) watch the LORD looked unto the host of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire and of the cloud, and troubled the host of the Egyptians,
(l) Which was about the last three hours of the night.
John Gill
14:24 And it came to pass, that in the morning watch,.... The Romans divided the night into four watches, so the Hebrews; though some say into three only. The first began at six o'clock, and lasted till nine, the second was from thence to twelve, the third from thence to three in the morning, and the last from three to six, which is here called the morning watch; so that this was some time between three and six o'clock in the morning:
the Lord looked unto the host of the Egyptians, through the pillar of fire and of the cloud; the Angel of the Lord, and who was Jehovah himself, who was in it, he looked to the army of the Egyptians; not to know whereabout they were, he being the omniscient God; nor in a friendly manner, but as an enemy, with indignation and wrath. The Targum of Jonathan is,"he looked through the pillar of fire, to cast upon them coals of fire, and through the pillar of cloud, to cast upon them hailstones.''The Jerusalem Targum is,"pitch, fire, and hailstones;''and Josephus (q) speaks of storms and tempests, of thunder and lightning, and of thunderbolts out of the clouds; and Artapanus (r) of fire or lightning flashing out against them, by which many perished. Perhaps the psalmist may have reference to this in Ps 106:10.
and troubled the host of the Egyptians; the thunder and lightning no doubt frightened the horses, so that they broke their ranks, and horsemen and chariots might run foul on one another, and the hailstones scatter and destroy many; however, the whole must be terrible and distressing to them, especially it being in the night season.
(q) Ut supra. (Antiqu. l. 2. c. 16. sect. 2.) (r) Apud Euseb. ut supra. (Praepar. Evangel. l. 9. c. 27. p. 436.)
John Wesley
14:24 The Lord - Called the angel before, looked - With indignation, upon the Egyptians, and troubled the Egyptians - With terrible winds and lightnings and thunders, Ex 15:10, Ps 77:18-19. Also with terror of mind.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:24 Lord looked . . . through . . . the cloud, and troubled them--We suppose the fact to have been that the side of the pillar of cloud towards the Egyptians was suddenly, and for a few moments, illuminated with a blaze of light, which, coming as it were in a refulgent flash upon the dense darkness which had preceded, so frightened the horses of the pursuers that they rushed confusedly together and became unmanageable. "Let us flee," was the cry that resounded through the broken and trembling ranks, but it was too late; all attempts at flight were vain [BUSH].
14:2514:25: եւ կապեա՛ց զանիւս կառաց նոցա, եւ վարէր զնոսա բռնութեամբ։ Ասեն Եգիպտացիքն. Փախիցո՛ւք յերեսաց Իսրայէլի. զի Տէր պատերազմի վասն նոցա ընդ Եգիպտացիսս։
25 նա կաշկանդեց նրանց կառքերի անիւները, եւ նրանք դժուարութեամբ էին առաջ շարժւում: Եգիպտացիներն ասացին. «Հեռո՛ւ փախչենք իսրայէլացիներից, որովհետեւ Տէրը յօգուտ նրանց է պատերազմում եգիպտացիներիս դէմ»:
25 Անոնց կառքերուն անիւները հանեց, որոնք դժուարութեամբ առաջ կ’երթային. այնպէս որ Եգիպտացիները ըսին. «Փախչինք Իսրայէլի երեսէն, վասն զի ահա Եհովա անոնց համար մեզի հետ կը պատերազմի»։
Եւ կապեաց զանիւս կառաց նոցա, եւ վարէր զնոսա բռնութեամբ. ասեն Եգիպտացիքն. Փախիցուք յերեսաց Իսրայելի, զի Տէր պատերազմի վասն նոցա ընդ Եգիպտացիսս:

14:25: եւ կապեա՛ց զանիւս կառաց նոցա, եւ վարէր զնոսա բռնութեամբ։ Ասեն Եգիպտացիքն. Փախիցո՛ւք յերեսաց Իսրայէլի. զի Տէր պատերազմի վասն նոցա ընդ Եգիպտացիսս։
25 նա կաշկանդեց նրանց կառքերի անիւները, եւ նրանք դժուարութեամբ էին առաջ շարժւում: Եգիպտացիներն ասացին. «Հեռո՛ւ փախչենք իսրայէլացիներից, որովհետեւ Տէրը յօգուտ նրանց է պատերազմում եգիպտացիներիս դէմ»:
25 Անոնց կառքերուն անիւները հանեց, որոնք դժուարութեամբ առաջ կ’երթային. այնպէս որ Եգիպտացիները ըսին. «Փախչինք Իսրայէլի երեսէն, վասն զի ահա Եհովա անոնց համար մեզի հետ կը պատերազմի»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2525: и отнял колеса у колесниц их, так что они влекли их с трудом. И сказали Египтяне: побежим от Израильтян, потому что Господь поборает за них против Египтян.
14:25 καὶ και and; even συνέδησεν συνδεω connect; bind together τοὺς ο the ἄξονας αξων the ἁρμάτων αρμα chariot αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἤγαγεν αγω lead; pass αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him μετὰ μετα with; amid βίας βια violence καὶ και and; even εἶπαν επω say; speak οἱ ο the Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian φύγωμεν φευγω flee ἀπὸ απο from; away προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ὁ ο the γὰρ γαρ for κύριος κυριος lord; master πολεμεῖ πολεμεω battle περὶ περι about; around αὐτῶν αυτος he; him τοὺς ο the Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian
14:25 וַ wa וְ and יָּ֗סַר yyˈāsar סור turn aside אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker] אֹפַ֣ן ʔōfˈan אֹופַן wheel מַרְכְּבֹתָ֔יו markᵊvōṯˈāʸw מֶרְכָּבָה chariot וַֽ wˈa וְ and יְנַהֲגֵ֖הוּ yᵊnahᵃḡˌēhû נהג drive בִּ bi בְּ in כְבֵדֻ֑ת ḵᵊvēḏˈuṯ כְּבֵדֻת heaviness וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say מִצְרַ֗יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt אָנ֨וּסָה֙ ʔānˈûsā נוס flee מִ mi מִן from פְּנֵ֣י ppᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH נִלְחָ֥ם nilḥˌām לחם fight לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִצְרָֽיִם׃ פ miṣrˈāyim . f מִצְרַיִם Egypt
14:25. et subvertit rotas curruum ferebanturque in profundum dixerunt ergo Aegyptii fugiamus Israhelem Dominus enim pugnat pro eis contra nosAnd overthrew the wheels of the chariots, and they were carried into the deep. And the Egyptians said: Let us flee from Israel; for the Lord fighteth for them against us.
25. And he took off their chariot wheels, that they drave them heavily: so that the Egyptians said, Let us flee from the face of Israel; for the LORD fighteth for them against the Egyptians.
14:25. And he overturned the wheels of the chariots, and they were carried into the deep. Therefore, the Egyptians said: “Let us flee from Israel. For the Lord fights on their behalf against us.”
14:25. And took off their chariot wheels, that they drave them heavily: so that the Egyptians said, Let us flee from the face of Israel; for the LORD fighteth for them against the Egyptians.
And took off their chariot wheels, that they drave them heavily: so that the Egyptians said, Let us flee from the face of Israel; for the LORD fighteth for them against the Egyptians:

25: и отнял колеса у колесниц их, так что они влекли их с трудом. И сказали Египтяне: побежим от Израильтян, потому что Господь поборает за них против Египтян.
14:25
καὶ και and; even
συνέδησεν συνδεω connect; bind together
τοὺς ο the
ἄξονας αξων the
ἁρμάτων αρμα chariot
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἤγαγεν αγω lead; pass
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
μετὰ μετα with; amid
βίας βια violence
καὶ και and; even
εἶπαν επω say; speak
οἱ ο the
Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian
φύγωμεν φευγω flee
ἀπὸ απο from; away
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ο the
γὰρ γαρ for
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πολεμεῖ πολεμεω battle
περὶ περι about; around
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
τοὺς ο the
Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian
14:25
וַ wa וְ and
יָּ֗סַר yyˈāsar סור turn aside
אֵ֚ת ˈʔēṯ אֵת [object marker]
אֹפַ֣ן ʔōfˈan אֹופַן wheel
מַרְכְּבֹתָ֔יו markᵊvōṯˈāʸw מֶרְכָּבָה chariot
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יְנַהֲגֵ֖הוּ yᵊnahᵃḡˌēhû נהג drive
בִּ bi בְּ in
כְבֵדֻ֑ת ḵᵊvēḏˈuṯ כְּבֵדֻת heaviness
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֣אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
מִצְרַ֗יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
אָנ֨וּסָה֙ ʔānˈûsā נוס flee
מִ mi מִן from
פְּנֵ֣י ppᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
נִלְחָ֥ם nilḥˌām לחם fight
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ פ miṣrˈāyim . f מִצְרַיִם Egypt
14:25. et subvertit rotas curruum ferebanturque in profundum dixerunt ergo Aegyptii fugiamus Israhelem Dominus enim pugnat pro eis contra nos
And overthrew the wheels of the chariots, and they were carried into the deep. And the Egyptians said: Let us flee from Israel; for the Lord fighteth for them against us.
14:25. And he overturned the wheels of the chariots, and they were carried into the deep. Therefore, the Egyptians said: “Let us flee from Israel. For the Lord fights on their behalf against us.”
14:25. And took off their chariot wheels, that they drave them heavily: so that the Egyptians said, Let us flee from the face of Israel; for the LORD fighteth for them against the Egyptians.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
25: Замешательство египтян еще более усилилось через «отнятие Богом осей у колесниц», по греческому чтению — через «связание осей колесниц», так что последние с трудом двигались. Греческий перевод, подобно самаританскому, указывает, может быть, на то, что в размягченном дождевой водой и множеством прошедших евреев морском дне стали вязнуть тяжелые египетские колесницы. Теперь, как часто случалось с врагами народа еврейского (Суд 7:21; 1: Цар 14:20: и д.), с замешательством возникает страх, — «побежим от израильтян», а со страхом новое замешательство, — беспорядочное бегство.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:25: took off: Jdg 4:15; Psa 46:9, Psa 76:6; Jer 51:21
that they drave them heavily: or, and made them to go heavily
Let us flee: Job 11:20, Job 20:24, Job 27:22; Psa 68:12; Amo 1:14, Amo 5:19, Amo 9:1
for the Lord: Exo 14:14; Deu 3:22; Sa1 4:7, Sa1 4:8
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:25
"And (Jehovah) made the wheels of his (the Egyptian's) chariots give way, and made, that he (the Egyptian) drove in difficulty." נהג ".ytlucif to drive a chariot (2Kings 6:3, cf. 4Kings 9:20).
John Gill
14:25 And took off their chariot wheels,.... The Targum of Jonathan renders it "cut" or "sawed them off"; perhaps they might be broken off by the hailstones. Milton (s) seems to have a notion of Pharaoh's chariot wheels being broken, when he says, "and craze" (i.e. break) "their chariot wheels"; or, as Jarchi suggests, he burnt them, through the force of the fire or lightning:
that they drave them heavily; the wheels being off, the chariots must be dragged along by the horses by mere force, which must be heavy work; or, "and made them to go, or led them heavily", or "with heaviness" (t); and so to be ascribed to the Lord, who looked at the Egyptians, took off the wheels of their chariots, and stopped them in the fury of their career, that they could not pursue with the swiftness they had:
so that the Egyptians said, let us flee from the face of Israel; for by this battery and flashes of fire on them, they concluded that Israel, who they thought were fleeing before them, had turned and were facing them, and the Lord at the head of them; and therefore it was high time for them to flee, as follows:
for the Lord fighteth for them against the Egyptians; for they rightly took the thunder and lightning, the fire and hailstones, to be the artillery of heaven turned against them, and in favour of the Israelites. Jarchi interprets it, the Lord fights for them in Egypt, even in Egypt itself; but so he had done many a time before, of which they were not insensible.
(s) Paradise Lost, B. 12. ver. 210. (t) "et deduxit eos graviter", Vatablus; "et duxit eos cum gravitate", Drusius; so Ainsworth.
John Wesley
14:25 They had driven furiously, but now they drove heavily, and found themselves embarrassed at every step; the way grew deep, their hearts grew sad, their wheels dropt off, and the axle - trees failed. They had been flying upon the back of Israel as the hawk upon the dove; but now they cried, Let us flee from the face of Israel.
14:2614:26: Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Ձգեա՛ զձեռն քո ՚ի վերայ ծովուդ, եւ կարկատեսցի՛ անդրէն ջուրդ. եւ ծածկեսցէ՛ զԵգիպտացիսդ, եւ զկառս դոցա եւ զհեծեալս իւրեանց։
26 Տէրն ասաց Մովսէսին. «Ձեռքդ մեկնի՛ր ծովի վրայ, եւ ջրերը թող միանան ու ծածկեն եգիպտացիներին, նրանց կառքերն ու հեծեալներին»:
26 Տէրը ըսաւ Մովսէսին. «Ձեռքդ ծովուն վրայ երկնցուր, որպէս զի ջուրերը Եգիպտացիներուն, անոնց կառքերուն ու անոնց ձիաւորներուն վրայ դառնան»։
Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Ձգեա զձեռն քո ի վերայ ծովուդ, եւ կարկատեսցի անդրէն ջուրդ, եւ ծածկեսցէ զԵգիպտացիսդ, զկառս դոցա եւ զհեծեալս իւրեանց:

14:26: Եւ ասէ Տէր ցՄովսէս. Ձգեա՛ զձեռն քո ՚ի վերայ ծովուդ, եւ կարկատեսցի՛ անդրէն ջուրդ. եւ ծածկեսցէ՛ զԵգիպտացիսդ, եւ զկառս դոցա եւ զհեծեալս իւրեանց։
26 Տէրն ասաց Մովսէսին. «Ձեռքդ մեկնի՛ր ծովի վրայ, եւ ջրերը թող միանան ու ծածկեն եգիպտացիներին, նրանց կառքերն ու հեծեալներին»:
26 Տէրը ըսաւ Մովսէսին. «Ձեռքդ ծովուն վրայ երկնցուր, որպէս զի ջուրերը Եգիպտացիներուն, անոնց կառքերուն ու անոնց ձիաւորներուն վրայ դառնան»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2626: И сказал Господь Моисею: простри руку твою на море, и да обратятся воды на Египтян, на колесницы их и на всадников их.
14:26 εἶπεν επω say; speak δὲ δε though; while κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἔκτεινον εκτεινω extend τὴν ο the χεῖρά χειρ hand σου σου of you; your ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea καὶ και and; even ἀποκαταστήτω αποκαθιστημι restore; pay τὸ ο the ὕδωρ υδωρ water καὶ και and; even ἐπικαλυψάτω επικαλυπτω conceal τοὺς ο the Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian ἐπί επι in; on τε τε both; and τὰ ο the ἅρματα αρμα chariot καὶ και and; even τοὺς ο the ἀναβάτας αναβατης rider
14:26 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses נְטֵ֥ה nᵊṭˌē נטה extend אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יָדְךָ֖ yāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the יָּ֑ם yyˈom יָם sea וְ wᵊ וְ and יָשֻׁ֤בוּ yāšˈuvû שׁוב return הַ ha הַ the מַּ֨יִם֙ mmˈayim מַיִם water עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon רִכְבֹּ֖ו riḵbˌô רֶכֶב chariot וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פָּרָשָֽׁיו׃ pārāšˈāʸw פָּרָשׁ horseman
14:26. et ait Dominus ad Mosen extende manum tuam super mare ut revertantur aquae ad Aegyptios super currus et equites eorumAnd the Lord said to Moses: Stretch forth thy hand over the sea, that the waters may come again upon the Egyptians, upon their chariots and horsemen.
26. And the LORD said unto Moses, Stretch out thine hand over the sea, that the waters may come again upon the Egyptians, upon their chariots, and upon their horsemen.
14:26. And the Lord said to Moses: “Extend your hand over the sea, so that the waters may return on the Egyptians, over their chariots and horsemen.”
14:26. And the LORD said unto Moses, Stretch out thine hand over the sea, that the waters may come again upon the Egyptians, upon their chariots, and upon their horsemen.
And the LORD said unto Moses, Stretch out thine hand over the sea, that the waters may come again upon the Egyptians, upon their chariots, and upon their horsemen:

26: И сказал Господь Моисею: простри руку твою на море, и да обратятся воды на Египтян, на колесницы их и на всадников их.
14:26
εἶπεν επω say; speak
δὲ δε though; while
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἔκτεινον εκτεινω extend
τὴν ο the
χεῖρά χειρ hand
σου σου of you; your
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
καὶ και and; even
ἀποκαταστήτω αποκαθιστημι restore; pay
τὸ ο the
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
καὶ και and; even
ἐπικαλυψάτω επικαλυπτω conceal
τοὺς ο the
Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ἐπί επι in; on
τε τε both; and
τὰ ο the
ἅρματα αρμα chariot
καὶ και and; even
τοὺς ο the
ἀναβάτας αναβατης rider
14:26
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֔ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
נְטֵ֥ה nᵊṭˌē נטה extend
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יָדְךָ֖ yāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֑ם yyˈom יָם sea
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָשֻׁ֤בוּ yāšˈuvû שׁוב return
הַ ha הַ the
מַּ֨יִם֙ mmˈayim מַיִם water
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
רִכְבֹּ֖ו riḵbˌô רֶכֶב chariot
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פָּרָשָֽׁיו׃ pārāšˈāʸw פָּרָשׁ horseman
14:26. et ait Dominus ad Mosen extende manum tuam super mare ut revertantur aquae ad Aegyptios super currus et equites eorum
And the Lord said to Moses: Stretch forth thy hand over the sea, that the waters may come again upon the Egyptians, upon their chariots and horsemen.
14:26. And the Lord said to Moses: “Extend your hand over the sea, so that the waters may return on the Egyptians, over their chariots and horsemen.”
14:26. And the LORD said unto Moses, Stretch out thine hand over the sea, that the waters may come again upon the Egyptians, upon their chariots, and upon their horsemen.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
26-27: Хотя текст не упоминает, что водные стены сомкнулись под влиянием ветра, однако это с несомненностью следует как из того, что для произведения данного явления совершается прежнее действие, — Моисей простирает на море руку с жезлом, так из 10: ст. 15: гл. (ср. ст. 8). Замечание ст. 25: «побежим от израильтян» дает полное основание думать, что от восточного берега Чермного моря, на который переходили евреи, египтяне направились к западному. Сообразно с этим и дувший им «навстречу» ветер, под влиянием которого сомкнулись водные стены, мог быть только западным.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:26: That the waters may come - A sudden cessation of the wind, possibly coinciding with a spring tide (it was full moon) would immediately convert the low flat sand-banks first into a quicksand, and then into a mass of waters, in a time far less than would suffice for the escape of a single chariot, or horseman loaded with heavy corslet.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:26: Stretch out: Exo 14:16, Exo 7:19, Exo 8:5; Mat 8:27
the waters: Exo 1:22; Jdg 1:6, Jdg 1:7; Mat 7:2; Jam 2:13; Rev 16:6
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:26
Then God directed Moses to stretch out his staff again over the sea, and the sea came back with the turning of the morning (when the morning turned, or approached) to its position (איתן perennitas, the lasting or permanent position), and the Egyptians were flying to meet it. "When the east wind which divided the sea ceased to blow, the sea from the north and south began to flow together on the western side;" whereupon, to judge from Ex 15:10, the wind began immediately to blow from the west, and drove the waves in the face of the flying Egyptians. "And thus Jehovah shook the Egyptians (i.e., plunged them into the greatest confusion) in the midst of the sea," so that Pharaoh's chariots and horsemen, to the very last man, were buried in the waves.
John Gill
14:26 And the Lord said unto Moses,.... Out of the pillar of fire and of the cloud, when the Egyptians were in all the confusion before described, and about to make the best of their way back again:
Stretch out thine hand over the sea; with his rod in it, by which all the wonders were wrought, and particularly by which the sea had been divided, and now it must be used to a different purpose:
that the waters may come again upon the Egyptians, upon their chariots, and upon their horsemen; the waters which stood upright as a wall, on the right and left, might be no longer kept in such a position, but fall down upon the Egyptians, their chariots and horsemen, being higher than they.
John Wesley
14:26 And the Lord said unto Moses, Stretch out thy hand over the sea - And give a signal to the waters to close again, as before upon the word of command they had opened to the right and the left. He did so, and immediately the waters returned to their place, and overwhelmed all the host of the Egyptians. Pharaoh and his servants, that had hardened one another in sin, now fell together, and not one escaped. An ancient tradition saith, That Pharaoh's magicians Jannes and Jambres perished with the rest. Now God got him honour upon Pharaoh, a rebel to God, and a slave to his own barbarous passions; perfectly lost to humanity, virtue, and all true honour; here be lies buried in the deep, a perpetual monument of divine justice: here he went down to the pit, though he was the terror of the mighty in the land of the living.
14:2714:27: Եւ ձգեա՛ց Մովսէս զձեռն իւր ՚ի վերայ ծովուն, եւ դարձաւ ջուրն ընդ առաւօտն ՚ի տեղի իւր։ եւ Եգիպտացիքն փախեան յերեսաց ջրոյն։ եւ թօթափեա՛ց Տէր զԵգիպտացիսն ՚ի մէջ ծովուն[623]։ [623] Ոմանք. Յերեսաց ջրոցն։
27 Մովսէսը ձեռքը մեկնեց ծովի վրայ, եւ ջրերն առաւօտեան վերադարձան իրենց տեղը: Եգիպտացիները փորձեցին փախչել ջրից, բայց Տէրը եգիպտացիներին թափեց ծովը
27 Մովսէս իր ձեռքը ծովուն վրայ երկնցուց եւ առտուան դէմ ծովը իր տեղը դարձաւ ու Եգիպտացիները անոր առջեւէն փախան։ Տէրը խռովեցուց Եգիպտացիները ծովուն մէջ։
Եւ ձգեաց Մովսէս զձեռն իւր ի վերայ ծովուն, եւ դարձաւ ջուրն ընդ առաւօտն ի տեղի իւր, եւ Եգիպտացիքն փախեան յերեսաց ջրոյն. եւ թօթափեաց Տէր զԵգիպտացիսն ի մէջ ծովուն:

14:27: Եւ ձգեա՛ց Մովսէս զձեռն իւր ՚ի վերայ ծովուն, եւ դարձաւ ջուրն ընդ առաւօտն ՚ի տեղի իւր։ եւ Եգիպտացիքն փախեան յերեսաց ջրոյն։ եւ թօթափեա՛ց Տէր զԵգիպտացիսն ՚ի մէջ ծովուն[623]։
[623] Ոմանք. Յերեսաց ջրոցն։
27 Մովսէսը ձեռքը մեկնեց ծովի վրայ, եւ ջրերն առաւօտեան վերադարձան իրենց տեղը: Եգիպտացիները փորձեցին փախչել ջրից, բայց Տէրը եգիպտացիներին թափեց ծովը
27 Մովսէս իր ձեռքը ծովուն վրայ երկնցուց եւ առտուան դէմ ծովը իր տեղը դարձաւ ու Եգիպտացիները անոր առջեւէն փախան։ Տէրը խռովեցուց Եգիպտացիները ծովուն մէջ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2727: И простер Моисей руку свою на море, и к утру вода возвратилась в свое место; а Египтяне бежали на встречу [воде]. Так потопил Господь Египтян среди моря.
14:27 ἐξέτεινεν εκτεινω extend δὲ δε though; while Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τὴν ο the χεῖρα χειρ hand ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea καὶ και and; even ἀπεκατέστη αποκαθιστημι restore; pay τὸ ο the ὕδωρ υδωρ water πρὸς προς to; toward ἡμέραν ημερα day ἐπὶ επι in; on χώρας χωρα territory; estate οἱ ο the δὲ δε though; while Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian ἔφυγον φευγω flee ὑπὸ υπο under; by τὸ ο the ὕδωρ υδωρ water καὶ και and; even ἐξετίναξεν εκτινασσω shake off κύριος κυριος lord; master τοὺς ο the Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
14:27 וַ wa וְ and יֵּט֩ yyˌēṭ נטה extend מֹשֶׁ֨ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יָדֹ֜ו yāḏˈô יָד hand עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the יָּ֗ם yyˈom יָם sea וַ wa וְ and יָּ֨שָׁב yyˌāšov שׁוב return הַ ha הַ the יָּ֜ם yyˈom יָם sea לִ li לְ to פְנֹ֥ות fᵊnˌôṯ פנה turn בֹּ֨קֶר֙ bˈōqer בֹּקֶר morning לְ lᵊ לְ to אֵ֣יתָנֹ֔ו ʔˈêṯānˈô אֵיתָן ever-flowing וּ û וְ and מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt נָסִ֣ים nāsˈîm נוס flee לִ li לְ to קְרָאתֹ֑ו qᵊrāṯˈô קרא encounter וַ wa וְ and יְנַעֵ֧ר yᵊnaʕˈēr נער shake off יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֥וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst הַ ha הַ the יָּֽם׃ yyˈom יָם sea
14:27. cumque extendisset Moses manum contra mare reversum est primo diluculo ad priorem locum fugientibusque Aegyptiis occurrerunt aquae et involvit eos Dominus in mediis fluctibusAnd when Moses had stretched forth his hand towards the sea, it returned at the first break of day to the former place: and as the Egyptians were fleeing away, the waters came upon them, and the Lord shut them up in the middle of the waves.
27. And Moses stretched forth his hand over the sea, and the sea returned to its strength when the morning appeared; and the Egyptians fled against it; and the LORD overthrew the Egyptians in the midst of the sea.
14:27. And when Moses had extended his hand opposite the sea, it was returned, at first light, to its former place. And the fleeing Egyptians met with the waters, and the Lord immersed them in the midst of the waves.
14:27. And Moses stretched forth his hand over the sea, and the sea returned to his strength when the morning appeared; and the Egyptians fled against it; and the LORD overthrew the Egyptians in the midst of the sea.
And Moses stretched forth his hand over the sea, and the sea returned to his strength when the morning appeared; and the Egyptians fled against it; and the LORD overthrew the Egyptians in the midst of the sea:

27: И простер Моисей руку свою на море, и к утру вода возвратилась в свое место; а Египтяне бежали на встречу [воде]. Так потопил Господь Египтян среди моря.
14:27
ἐξέτεινεν εκτεινω extend
δὲ δε though; while
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τὴν ο the
χεῖρα χειρ hand
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
καὶ και and; even
ἀπεκατέστη αποκαθιστημι restore; pay
τὸ ο the
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
πρὸς προς to; toward
ἡμέραν ημερα day
ἐπὶ επι in; on
χώρας χωρα territory; estate
οἱ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ἔφυγον φευγω flee
ὑπὸ υπο under; by
τὸ ο the
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
καὶ και and; even
ἐξετίναξεν εκτινασσω shake off
κύριος κυριος lord; master
τοὺς ο the
Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
14:27
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּט֩ yyˌēṭ נטה extend
מֹשֶׁ֨ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יָדֹ֜ו yāḏˈô יָד hand
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֗ם yyˈom יָם sea
וַ wa וְ and
יָּ֨שָׁב yyˌāšov שׁוב return
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֜ם yyˈom יָם sea
לִ li לְ to
פְנֹ֥ות fᵊnˌôṯ פנה turn
בֹּ֨קֶר֙ bˈōqer בֹּקֶר morning
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אֵ֣יתָנֹ֔ו ʔˈêṯānˈô אֵיתָן ever-flowing
וּ û וְ and
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
נָסִ֣ים nāsˈîm נוס flee
לִ li לְ to
קְרָאתֹ֑ו qᵊrāṯˈô קרא encounter
וַ wa וְ and
יְנַעֵ֧ר yᵊnaʕˈēr נער shake off
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֥וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
הַ ha הַ the
יָּֽם׃ yyˈom יָם sea
14:27. cumque extendisset Moses manum contra mare reversum est primo diluculo ad priorem locum fugientibusque Aegyptiis occurrerunt aquae et involvit eos Dominus in mediis fluctibus
And when Moses had stretched forth his hand towards the sea, it returned at the first break of day to the former place: and as the Egyptians were fleeing away, the waters came upon them, and the Lord shut them up in the middle of the waves.
14:27. And when Moses had extended his hand opposite the sea, it was returned, at first light, to its former place. And the fleeing Egyptians met with the waters, and the Lord immersed them in the midst of the waves.
14:27. And Moses stretched forth his hand over the sea, and the sea returned to his strength when the morning appeared; and the Egyptians fled against it; and the LORD overthrew the Egyptians in the midst of the sea.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:27: Overthrew the Egyptians - Better as in the margin, The Lord shook them off, hurled them from their chariots into the sea.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:27: and the sea: Exo 14:21, Exo 14:22, Exo 15:1-21; Jos 4:18
Lord: Jdg 5:20, Jdg 5:21
overthrew: Heb. shook off
Geneva 1599
14:27 And Moses stretched forth his hand over the sea, and the sea returned to his strength when the morning appeared; and the Egyptians fled against it; and the LORD (m) overthrew the Egyptians in the midst of the sea.
(m) So, using the water, the Lord saved his own and drowned his enemies.
John Gill
14:27 And Moses stretched forth his hand over the sea,.... Or towards it, as he was ordered, the rod being in his hand, as before observed:
and the sea returned to his strength when the morning appeared; being no longer detained by a superior power, contrary to the nature of it, to stand still as an heap, and firm as a wall, its waves came down and rolled with their usual force and strength, or it returned to its usual course:
at the appearance of the morning in its strength; when the morning looked forth in its first light and brightness, when it was broad day:
and the Egyptians fled against it; against the waves that came rolling down upon them: or "at meeting it" (u), for as they turned their backs on the Israelites and fled, the waters of the sea met them, as well as fell on each side of them, or rather over them, and followed after them, and closed and shut them up on all sides; so that it was in vain for them to flee, for let them go which way they would, the sea was against them:
and the Lord overthrew the Egyptians in the midst of the sea; or shook them "off" or "out" (w); out of their chariots, blew them out with the wind; for as there was a wind made use of to divide the waters of the sea, and make the bottom of it dry, there was another to cause the waters to return to their former place; see Ex 15:10 or the waves of the sea dashed them out of their chariots, or through the force of them they were overturned in it.
(u) "in occursum ejus", Pagninus, Montanus, Drusius; "obviam mare", Junius & Tremellius, Piscator. (w) Sept. "et excussit", Pagninus, Montanus, Drusius; "sic excussit", Junius & Tremellius, Piscator.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:27 Moses stretched forth his hand over the sea, &c.--What circumstances could more clearly demonstrate the miraculous character of this transaction than that at the waving of Moses' rod, the dividing waters left the channel dry, and on his making the same motion on the opposite side, they returned, commingling with instantaneous fury? Is such the character of any ebb tide?
14:2814:28: Եւ դարձուցեալ զջուրսն, ծածկեաց զկառս եւ զհեծեալս, եւ զամենայն զօրութիւն փարաւոնի. որ մտեալ էին զհետ նոցա ՚ի ծով անդր. եւ ո՛չ մնաց ՚ի նոցանէ եւ ո՛չ մի[624]։ [624] Ոմանք. Եւ ո՛չ մնացին ՚ի նոցանէ եւ ոչ։
28 եւ, նորից իրար միացնելով ծովի ջրերը, ծածկեց կառքերը, հեծեալներին եւ փարաւոնի բոլոր զօրքերին, որոնք ծով էին մտել նրանց հետ: Նրանցից ոչ ոք կենդանի չմնաց:
28 Եւ ջուրերը ծածկեցին Փարաւոնին կառքերն ու ձիաւորները եւ բոլոր զօրքերը՝ որոնք անոնց ետեւէն ծովուն մէջ մտած էին։ Անոնցմէ մէկն ալ ողջ չմնաց։
Եւ դարձուցեալ զջուրսն` ծածկեաց զկառս եւ զհեծեալս եւ զամենայն զօրութիւն փարաւոնի, որ մտեալ էին զհետ նոցա ի ծով անդր. եւ ոչ մնաց ի նոցանէ եւ ոչ մի:

14:28: Եւ դարձուցեալ զջուրսն, ծածկեաց զկառս եւ զհեծեալս, եւ զամենայն զօրութիւն փարաւոնի. որ մտեալ էին զհետ նոցա ՚ի ծով անդր. եւ ո՛չ մնաց ՚ի նոցանէ եւ ո՛չ մի[624]։
[624] Ոմանք. Եւ ո՛չ մնացին ՚ի նոցանէ եւ ոչ։
28 եւ, նորից իրար միացնելով ծովի ջրերը, ծածկեց կառքերը, հեծեալներին եւ փարաւոնի բոլոր զօրքերին, որոնք ծով էին մտել նրանց հետ: Նրանցից ոչ ոք կենդանի չմնաց:
28 Եւ ջուրերը ծածկեցին Փարաւոնին կառքերն ու ձիաւորները եւ բոլոր զօրքերը՝ որոնք անոնց ետեւէն ծովուն մէջ մտած էին։ Անոնցմէ մէկն ալ ողջ չմնաց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2828: И вода возвратилась и покрыла колесницы и всадников всего войска фараонова, вошедших за ними в море; не осталось ни одного из них.
14:28 καὶ και and; even ἐπαναστραφὲν επαναστρεφω the ὕδωρ υδωρ water ἐκάλυψεν καλυπτω cover τὰ ο the ἅρματα αρμα chariot καὶ και and; even τοὺς ο the ἀναβάτας αναβατης and; even πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the δύναμιν δυναμις power; ability Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao τοὺς ο the εἰσπεπορευμένους εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after αὐτῶν αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not κατελείφθη καταλειπω leave behind; remain ἐξ εκ from; out of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither εἷς εις.1 one; unit
14:28 וַ wa וְ and יָּשֻׁ֣בוּ yyāšˈuvû שׁוב return הַ ha הַ the מַּ֗יִם mmˈayim מַיִם water וַ wa וְ and יְכַסּ֤וּ yᵊḵassˈû כסה cover אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the רֶ֨כֶב֙ rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the פָּ֣רָשִׁ֔ים ppˈārāšˈîm פָּרָשׁ horseman לְ lᵊ לְ to כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole חֵ֣יל ḥˈêl חַיִל power פַּרְעֹ֔ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh הַ ha הַ the בָּאִ֥ים bbāʔˌîm בוא come אַחֲרֵיהֶ֖ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˌem אַחַר after בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יָּ֑ם yyˈom יָם sea לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not נִשְׁאַ֥ר nišʔˌar שׁאר remain בָּהֶ֖ם bāhˌem בְּ in עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto אֶחָֽד׃ ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one
14:28. reversaeque sunt aquae et operuerunt currus et equites cuncti exercitus Pharaonis qui sequentes ingressi fuerant mare ne unus quidem superfuit ex eisAnd the waters returned, and covered the chariots and the horsemen of all the army of Pharao, who had come into the sea after them, neither did there so much as one of them remain.
28. And the waters returned, and covered the chariots, and the horsemen, even all the host of Pharaoh that went in after them into the sea; there remained not so much as one of them.
14:28. And the waters were returned, and they covered the chariots and horsemen of the entire army of Pharaoh, who, in following, had entered into the sea. And not so much as one of them was left alive.
14:28. And the waters returned, and covered the chariots, and the horsemen, [and] all the host of Pharaoh that came into the sea after them; there remained not so much as one of them.
And the waters returned, and covered the chariots, and the horsemen, [and] all the host of Pharaoh that came into the sea after them; there remained not so much as one of them:

28: И вода возвратилась и покрыла колесницы и всадников всего войска фараонова, вошедших за ними в море; не осталось ни одного из них.
14:28
καὶ και and; even
ἐπαναστραφὲν επαναστρεφω the
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
ἐκάλυψεν καλυπτω cover
τὰ ο the
ἅρματα αρμα chariot
καὶ και and; even
τοὺς ο the
ἀναβάτας αναβατης and; even
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
δύναμιν δυναμις power; ability
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
τοὺς ο the
εἰσπεπορευμένους εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
κατελείφθη καταλειπω leave behind; remain
ἐξ εκ from; out of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither
εἷς εις.1 one; unit
14:28
וַ wa וְ and
יָּשֻׁ֣בוּ yyāšˈuvû שׁוב return
הַ ha הַ the
מַּ֗יִם mmˈayim מַיִם water
וַ wa וְ and
יְכַסּ֤וּ yᵊḵassˈû כסה cover
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
רֶ֨כֶב֙ rˈeḵev רֶכֶב chariot
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
פָּ֣רָשִׁ֔ים ppˈārāšˈîm פָּרָשׁ horseman
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
חֵ֣יל ḥˈêl חַיִל power
פַּרְעֹ֔ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
הַ ha הַ the
בָּאִ֥ים bbāʔˌîm בוא come
אַחֲרֵיהֶ֖ם ʔaḥᵃrêhˌem אַחַר after
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יָּ֑ם yyˈom יָם sea
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
נִשְׁאַ֥ר nišʔˌar שׁאר remain
בָּהֶ֖ם bāhˌem בְּ in
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
אֶחָֽד׃ ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one
14:28. reversaeque sunt aquae et operuerunt currus et equites cuncti exercitus Pharaonis qui sequentes ingressi fuerant mare ne unus quidem superfuit ex eis
And the waters returned, and covered the chariots and the horsemen of all the army of Pharao, who had come into the sea after them, neither did there so much as one of them remain.
14:28. And the waters were returned, and they covered the chariots and horsemen of the entire army of Pharaoh, who, in following, had entered into the sea. And not so much as one of them was left alive.
14:28. And the waters returned, and covered the chariots, and the horsemen, [and] all the host of Pharaoh that came into the sea after them; there remained not so much as one of them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
28-31: Прежнее неверие (11–12) сменяется под влиянием чуда верой в Господа и доверием к Моисею (Пс 105:12). Так, Чермное море сделалось для народа еврейского купелью веры во всемогущество, премудрость и благость Господа (1: Кор 10:2). Сообразно с этим переход через него и прообразует собой новозаветное таинство крещения. «Море, — говорит блаженный Феодорит, — уподобилось купели, облако — благодати Духа; Моисей — иерею; жезл — кресту; прошедший море Израиль — крещаемым, а преследовавшие его египтяне представляли собой образ демонов, сам же фараон служил изображением диавола».
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:28: There remained not so much as one of them - Josephus says that the army of Pharaoh consisted of fifty thousand horse, and two hundred thousand foot, of whom not one remained to carry tidings of this most extraordinary catastrophe.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
14:28: Not so much as one of them - Escape would be impossible Exo 14:26. Pharaoh's destruction, independent of the distinct statement of the Psalmist, Psa 136:15, was in fact inevitable. The station of the king was in the vanguard: on every monument the Pharaoh is represented as the leader of the army. The death of the Pharaoh, and the entire loss of the chariotry and cavalry accounts for the undisturbed retreat of the Israelites through a district then subject to Egypt and easily accessible to their forces. If, as appears probable, Tothmosis II was the Pharaoh, the first recorded expedition into the Peninsula took place 17 years after his death; and 22 years elapsed before any measures were taken to recover the lost ascendancy of Egypt in Syria. So complete, so marvelous was the deliverance: thus the Israelites were "baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea" Co1 10:2. When they left Baal-Zephon they were separated finally from the idolatry of Egypt: when they passed the Red Sea their independence of its power was sealed; their life as a nation then began, a life inseparable henceforth from belief in Yahweh and His servant Moses, only to be merged in the higher life Rev_ealed by His Son.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:28: the waters: Exo 15:10; Deu 11:4; Neh 9:11; Psa 78:53; Hab 3:8-10, Hab 3:13; Heb 11:29
remained: Exo 14:13; Ch2 20:24; Psa 106:9-11, Psa 136:15
John Gill
14:28 And the waters returned,.... To their place, and so in the above tradition related by Diodorus Siculus, it is said that the sea returning with a mighty force was restored to its place again; See Gill on Ex 14:22.
and covered the chariots and the horsemen; the wall they made being much higher than a man on horseback, when they fell down, covered even those who had the advantage of horses and chariots; and much more must the infantry be covered by them, who may be meant in the next clause:
and all the host of Pharaoh that came into the sea after them; the foot, that went into the sea after the chariots and horsemen, or the whole army, including the cavalry and infantry, which went into the sea after the children of Israel. Who this Pharaoh was is not agreed; according to Berosus (x) his name was Cenchres, or Chenchres, whom Acherres succeeded; according to Bishop Usher (y) it was Amenophis; but our English poet (z) calls him Busiris; though Strabo (a) says there was no king or governor of that name. Diodorus Siculus (b) indeed speaks of two so called; yet he elsewhere (c) says, not that there was any king of the name, only the sepulchre of Osiris was so called:
there remained not so much as one of them; wherefore it must be a falsehood which is related by some, that Pharaoh himself was preserved, and afterwards reigned in Nineveh (d), since not one was saved; see Ps 106:11 and so Artapanus (e) the Heathen says, they all perished, and among these are said (f) to be Jannes and Jambres, the magicians of Egypt mentioned in Ti2 3:8 but this is contradicted by those (g) who ascribe the making of the golden calf to them.
(x) Antiqu. l. 5. fol. 88. 2. & 90. 2. (y) Annal. Vet. Test. p. 19. (z) "-------whose waves o'erthrew Busiris, and his Memphian chivalry." Milton's Paradise Lost, B. 1. v. 306, 307. (a) Geograph. l. 17. p. 552. (b) Bibliothec. l. 1. p. 42. (c) Bibliothec. l. 1. p. 79. (d) Dibre Hayamim, fol. 13. 2. (e) Ut supra. (Apud Euseb. Praepar. Evangel. l. 9. c. 27. p. 436.) (f) Midrash in Exod. xv. 10. & Arab. MS. apud Gregory's Notes & Observ. p. 6. (g) Shalshalet, fol. 7. 1.
John Wesley
14:28 After them - That is, after the Israelites.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:28 there remained not so much as one of them--It is surprising that, with such a declaration, some intelligent writers can maintain there is no evidence of the destruction of Pharaoh himself (Ps 106:11).
14:2914:29: Եւ որդիքն Իսրայէլի գնացին ընդ ցամաք ՚ի մէջ ծովուն. եւ ջուրն պարի՛սպ էր ընդ աջմէ նոցա եւ ընդ ահեկէ իւրեանց։
29 Իսրայէլացիները ծովի միջով կարծես ցամաքի վրայով էին գնում, իսկ ջուրը նրանց աջ ու ձախ կողմերից պարիսպ էր դարձել:
29 Իսրայէլի որդիները ծովուն մէջէն ցամաքով կ’երթային եւ ջուրերը անոնց աջ կողմէն ու ձախ կողմէն պարիսպ էին։
Եւ որդիքն Իսրայելի գնացին ընդ ցամաք ի մէջ ծովուն, եւ ջուրն պարիսպ էր ընդ աջմէ նոցա եւ ընդ ահեկէ իւրեանց:

14:29: Եւ որդիքն Իսրայէլի գնացին ընդ ցամաք ՚ի մէջ ծովուն. եւ ջուրն պարի՛սպ էր ընդ աջմէ նոցա եւ ընդ ահեկէ իւրեանց։
29 Իսրայէլացիները ծովի միջով կարծես ցամաքի վրայով էին գնում, իսկ ջուրը նրանց աջ ու ձախ կողմերից պարիսպ էր դարձել:
29 Իսրայէլի որդիները ծովուն մէջէն ցամաքով կ’երթային եւ ջուրերը անոնց աջ կողմէն ու ձախ կողմէն պարիսպ էին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:2929: А сыны Израилевы прошли по суше среди моря: воды [были] им стеною по правую и по левую сторону.
14:29 οἱ ο the δὲ δε though; while υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἐπορεύθησαν πορευομαι travel; go διὰ δια through; because of ξηρᾶς ξηρος withered; dry ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea τὸ ο the δὲ δε though; while ὕδωρ υδωρ water αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him τεῖχος τειχος wall ἐκ εκ from; out of δεξιῶν δεξιος right καὶ και and; even τεῖχος τειχος wall ἐξ εκ from; out of εὐωνύμων ευωνυμος well-named; southerly
14:29 וּ û וְ and בְנֵ֧י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel הָלְכ֥וּ hālᵊḵˌû הלך walk בַ va בְּ in † הַ the יַּבָּשָׁ֖ה yyabbāšˌā יַבָּשָׁה dry land בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֣וךְ ṯˈôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst הַ ha הַ the יָּ֑ם yyˈom יָם sea וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מַּ֤יִם mmˈayim מַיִם water לָהֶם֙ lāhˌem לְ to חֹמָ֔ה ḥōmˈā חֹומָה wall מִֽ mˈi מִן from ימִינָ֖ם ymînˌām יָמִין right-hand side וּ û וְ and מִ mi מִן from שְּׂמֹאלָֽם׃ śśᵊmōlˈām שְׂמֹאל lefthand side
14:29. filii autem Israhel perrexerunt per medium sicci maris et aquae eis erant quasi pro muro a dextris et a sinistrisBut the children of Israel marched through the midst of the sea upon dry land, and the waters were to them as a wall on the right hand and on the left:
29. But the children of Israel walked upon dry land in the midst of the sea; and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left.
14:29. But the sons of Israel continued directly through the midst of the dried sea, and the waters were to them like a wall on the right and on the left.
14:29. But the children of Israel walked upon dry [land] in the midst of the sea; and the waters [were] a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left.
But the children of Israel walked upon dry [land] in the midst of the sea; and the waters [were] a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left:

29: А сыны Израилевы прошли по суше среди моря: воды [были] им стеною по правую и по левую сторону.
14:29
οἱ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἐπορεύθησαν πορευομαι travel; go
διὰ δια through; because of
ξηρᾶς ξηρος withered; dry
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
τὸ ο the
δὲ δε though; while
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
τεῖχος τειχος wall
ἐκ εκ from; out of
δεξιῶν δεξιος right
καὶ και and; even
τεῖχος τειχος wall
ἐξ εκ from; out of
εὐωνύμων ευωνυμος well-named; southerly
14:29
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵ֧י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
הָלְכ֥וּ hālᵊḵˌû הלך walk
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
יַּבָּשָׁ֖ה yyabbāšˌā יַבָּשָׁה dry land
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֣וךְ ṯˈôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֑ם yyˈom יָם sea
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מַּ֤יִם mmˈayim מַיִם water
לָהֶם֙ lāhˌem לְ to
חֹמָ֔ה ḥōmˈā חֹומָה wall
מִֽ mˈi מִן from
ימִינָ֖ם ymînˌām יָמִין right-hand side
וּ û וְ and
מִ mi מִן from
שְּׂמֹאלָֽם׃ śśᵊmōlˈām שְׂמֹאל lefthand side
14:29. filii autem Israhel perrexerunt per medium sicci maris et aquae eis erant quasi pro muro a dextris et a sinistris
But the children of Israel marched through the midst of the sea upon dry land, and the waters were to them as a wall on the right hand and on the left:
14:29. But the sons of Israel continued directly through the midst of the dried sea, and the waters were to them like a wall on the right and on the left.
14:29. But the children of Israel walked upon dry [land] in the midst of the sea; and the waters [were] a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:29: walked: Exo 14:22; Job 38:8-11; Psa 66:6, Psa 66:7, Psa 77:19, Psa 77:20, Psa 78:52, Psa 78:53; Isa 43:2; Isa 51:10, Isa 51:13, Isa 63:12, Isa 63:13
a wall: Jos 3:16
John Gill
14:29 But the children of Israel walked upon dry land in the midst of the sea,.... The bottom of it becoming so through the strong east wind, which blew all night until they came to the opposite shore, where they landed on "terra firma"; and so Noldius renders the phrase "through the sea"; that is, from shore to shore:
and the waters were a wall to them on their right hand and on their left; See Gill on Ex 14:22.
14:3014:30: Եւ ապրեցո՛յց Տէր զԻսրայէլ յաւուր յայնմիկ ՚ի ձեռաց Եգիպտացւոցն։
30 Տէրն այդ օրը իսրայէլացիներին փրկեց եգիպտացիների ձեռքից:
30 Տէրը այն օրը Եգիպտացիներուն ձեռքէն ազատեց Իսրայէլը։ Իսրայէլ մեռած տեսաւ Եգիպտացիները ծովուն եզերքը։
Եւ ապրեցոյց Տէր զԻսրայէլ յաւուր յայնմիկ ի ձեռաց Եգիպտացւոցն, եւ ետես Իսրայէլ զԵգիպտացիսն մեռեալս առ ափն ծովուն:

14:30: Եւ ապրեցո՛յց Տէր զԻսրայէլ յաւուր յայնմիկ ՚ի ձեռաց Եգիպտացւոցն։
30 Տէրն այդ օրը իսրայէլացիներին փրկեց եգիպտացիների ձեռքից:
30 Տէրը այն օրը Եգիպտացիներուն ձեռքէն ազատեց Իսրայէլը։ Իսրայէլ մեռած տեսաւ Եգիպտացիները ծովուն եզերքը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3030: И избавил Господь в день тот Израильтян из рук Египтян, и увидели Израилевы Египтян мертвыми на берегу моря.
14:30 καὶ και and; even ἐρρύσατο ρυομαι rescue κύριος κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that ἐκ εκ from; out of χειρὸς χειρ hand τῶν ο the Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian καὶ και and; even εἶδεν οραω view; see Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel τοὺς ο the Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian τεθνηκότας θνησκω die; departed παρὰ παρα from; by τὸ ο the χεῖλος χειλος lip; shore τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
14:30 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֨ושַׁע yyˌôšaʕ ישׁע help יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the ה֛וּא hˈû הוּא he אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel מִ mi מִן from יַּ֣ד yyˈaḏ יָד hand מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וַ wa וְ and יַּ֤רְא yyˈar ראה see יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt מֵ֖ת mˌēṯ מות die עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שְׂפַ֥ת śᵊfˌaṯ שָׂפָה lip הַ ha הַ the יָּֽם׃ yyˈom יָם sea
14:30. liberavitque Dominus in die illo Israhel de manu AegyptiorumAnd the Lord delivered Israel in that day out of the hands of the Egyptians.
30. Thus the LORD saved Israel that day out of the hand of the Egyptians; and Israel saw the Egyptians dead upon the sea shore.
14:30. And so the Lord freed Israel on that day from the hand of the Egyptians.
14:30. Thus the LORD saved Israel that day out of the hand of the Egyptians; and Israel saw the Egyptians dead upon the sea shore.
Thus the LORD saved Israel that day out of the hand of the Egyptians; and Israel saw the Egyptians dead upon the sea shore:

30: И избавил Господь в день тот Израильтян из рук Египтян, и увидели Израилевы Египтян мертвыми на берегу моря.
14:30
καὶ και and; even
ἐρρύσατο ρυομαι rescue
κύριος κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
ἐκείνῃ εκεινος that
ἐκ εκ from; out of
χειρὸς χειρ hand
τῶν ο the
Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
καὶ και and; even
εἶδεν οραω view; see
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
τοὺς ο the
Αἰγυπτίους αιγυπτιος Egyptian
τεθνηκότας θνησκω die; departed
παρὰ παρα from; by
τὸ ο the
χεῖλος χειλος lip; shore
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
14:30
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֨ושַׁע yyˌôšaʕ ישׁע help
יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
ה֛וּא hˈû הוּא he
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
מִ mi מִן from
יַּ֣ד yyˈaḏ יָד hand
מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וַ wa וְ and
יַּ֤רְא yyˈar ראה see
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
מֵ֖ת mˌēṯ מות die
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שְׂפַ֥ת śᵊfˌaṯ שָׂפָה lip
הַ ha הַ the
יָּֽם׃ yyˈom יָם sea
14:30. liberavitque Dominus in die illo Israhel de manu Aegyptiorum
And the Lord delivered Israel in that day out of the hands of the Egyptians.
14:30. And so the Lord freed Israel on that day from the hand of the Egyptians.
14:30. Thus the LORD saved Israel that day out of the hand of the Egyptians; and Israel saw the Egyptians dead upon the sea shore.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:30: Israel saw the Egyptians dead upon the seashore - By the extraordinary agitation of the waters, no doubt multitudes of the dead Egyptians were cast on the shore, and by their spoils the Israelites were probably furnished with considerable riches, and especially clothing and arms; which latter were essentially necessary to them in their wars with the Amalekites, Basanites, and Amorites, etc., on their way to the promised land. If they did not get their arms in this way, we know not how they got them, as there is not the slightest reason to believe that they brought any with them out of Egypt.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:30: the Lord: Exo 14:13; Sa1 14:23; Ch2 32:22; Psa 106:8, Psa 106:10; Isa 63:9; Jde 1:5
saw: Psa 58:10, Psa 59:10, Psa 91:8, Psa 92:9-11
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
14:30
This miraculous deliverance of Israel from the power of Egypt, through the mighty hand of their God, produced so wholesome a fear of the Lord, that they believed in Jehovah, and His servant Moses.
Ex 14:31
"The great hand:" i.e., the might which Jehovah had displayed upon Egypt. In addition to the glory of God through the judgment upon Pharaoh (Ex 14:4, Ex 14:17), the guidance of Israel through the sea was also designed to establish Israel still more firmly in the fear of the Lord and in faith. But faith in the Lord was inseparably connected with faith in Moses as the servant of the Lord. Hence the miracle was wrought through the hand and staff of Moses. But this second design of the miraculous guidance of Israel did not exclude the first, viz., glory upon Pharaoh. From this manifestation of Jehovah's omnipotence, the Israelites were to discern not only the merciful Deliverer, but also the holy Judge of the ungodly, that they might grow in the fear of God, as well as in the faith which they had already shown, when, trusting in the omnipotence of Jehovah, they had gone, as though upon dry land (Heb 11:29), between the watery walls which might at any moment have overwhelmed them.
John Gill
14:30 Thus the Lord saved Israel that day out of the hand of the Egyptians,.... For though it was now six or seven days since they had leave to go out of Egypt, and actually did depart, yet they could not be said properly to be saved, or to be in safety, till this day, when all the Egyptians their enemies were destroyed, that pursued after them; and this was the twenty first day of the month, and the seventh and last day of the passover, and was an holy convocation to the Lord; See Gill on Ex 12:16.
and Israel saw the Egyptians dead on the sea shore; all along, as a late traveller (h) observes, as we may presume, from Sdur (or Shur) to Corondel, and at Corondel especially, from the assistance and termination of the current there. The word for "dead" (i) is in the singular number, and joined with a plural may denote that they saw everyone of the Egyptians dead, since they were all destroyed, and not one remained of them, as in Ex 14:28. Aben Ezra thinks the sense of the words is, not that the Egyptians were seen dead upon the sea shore, but that the Israelites standing upon the sea shore saw the dead bodies of the Egyptians, that is, floating on the waters of the sea; but rather the meaning is, that their dead bodies were by the force of the waters cast upon the shore, and there beheld and plundered by the Israelites. Josephus (k) observes, that the day following (that night the Egyptians were drowned) the arms of the Egyptians being cast on the shore where the Hebrews encamped, through the force of the sea and wind, Moses gathered them up and armed the Hebrews with them; and this will account for it how they came to have arms, since it is highly probable they came out of Egypt unarmed; and how they could fight battles as they did in the wilderness, and when they came into the land of Canaan.
(h) Shaw's Travels, p. 314. Ed. 2. (i) Mortuum, Montanus, Drusius. (k) Antiqu. l. 2. c. 16. sect. 6.
John Wesley
14:30 And Israel saw the Egyptians dead upon the shore - The Egyptians were very curious in preserving the bodies of their great men, but here the utmost contempt is poured upon all the grandees of Egypt; see how they lie heaps upon heaps, as dung upon the face of the earth.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
14:30 Israel saw the Egyptians dead upon the sea-shore, &c.--The tide threw them up and left multitudes of corpses on the beach; a result that brought greater infamy on the Egyptians, but that tended, on the other hand, to enhance the triumph of the Israelites, and doubtless enriched them with arms, which they had not before. The locality of this famous passage has not yet been, and probably never will be, satisfactorily fixed. Some place it in the immediate neighborhood of Suez; where, they say, the part of the sea is most likely to be affected by "a strong east wind" [Ex 14:21]; where the road from the defile of Migdol (now Muktala) leads directly to this point; and where the sea, not above two miles broad, could be crossed in a short time. The vast majority, however, who have examined the spot, reject this opinion, and fix the passage, as does local tradition, about ten or twelve miles further down the shore at Wady Tawarik. "The time of the miracle was the whole night, at the season of the year, too, when the night would be about its average length. The sea at that point extends from six and a half to eight miles in breadth. There was thus ample time for the passage of the Israelites from any part of the valley, especially considering their excitement and animation by the gracious and wonderful interposition of Providence in their behalf" [WILSON].
14:3114:31: Եւ ետես Իսրայէլ զԵգիպտացիսն մեռեալս առ ափն ծովուն։ Եւ ետես Իսրայէլ զձեռն մեծ զոր արար Տէր ընդ Եգիպտացիսն. եւ երկեա՛ւ ժողովուրդն ՚ի Տեառնէ. եւ հաւատացին յԱստուած՝ եւ ՚ի Մովսէս ծառայ նորա։
31 Իսրայէլացիները տեսան եգիպտացիների դիակները, որոնք ծովի ափ էին նետուած: Իսրայէլացիները տեսնելով Տիրոջ հզօր ձեռքը, եգիպտացիների գլխին բերած փորձանքը՝ վախեցան Տիրոջից, հաւատացին Աստծուն ու նրա ծառայ Մովսէսին:
31 Իսրայէլ տեսաւ այն մեծ գործը*, որ Տէրը ըրաւ Եգիպտացիներուն վրայ։ Ժողովուրդը վախցաւ Տէրոջմէն ու հաւատաց Տէրոջը եւ անոր ծառային Մովսէսին։
Եւ ետես Իսրայէլ զձեռն մեծ զոր արար Տէր ընդ Եգիպտացիսն. եւ երկեաւ ժողովուրդն ի Տեառնէ, եւ հաւատացին [193]յԱստուած եւ ի Մովսէս ծառայ նորա:

14:31: Եւ ետես Իսրայէլ զԵգիպտացիսն մեռեալս առ ափն ծովուն։ Եւ ետես Իսրայէլ զձեռն մեծ զոր արար Տէր ընդ Եգիպտացիսն. եւ երկեա՛ւ ժողովուրդն ՚ի Տեառնէ. եւ հաւատացին յԱստուած՝ եւ ՚ի Մովսէս ծառայ նորա։
31 Իսրայէլացիները տեսան եգիպտացիների դիակները, որոնք ծովի ափ էին նետուած: Իսրայէլացիները տեսնելով Տիրոջ հզօր ձեռքը, եգիպտացիների գլխին բերած փորձանքը՝ վախեցան Տիրոջից, հաւատացին Աստծուն ու նրա ծառայ Մովսէսին:
31 Իսրայէլ տեսաւ այն մեծ գործը*, որ Տէրը ըրաւ Եգիպտացիներուն վրայ։ Ժողովուրդը վախցաւ Տէրոջմէն ու հաւատաց Տէրոջը եւ անոր ծառային Մովսէսին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
14:3131: И увидели Израильтяне руку великую, которую явил Господь над Египтянами, и убоялся народ Господа и поверил Господу и Моисею, рабу Его. Тогда Моисей и сыны Израилевы воспели Господу песнь сию и говорили:
14:31 εἶδεν οραω view; see δὲ δε though; while Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel τὴν ο the χεῖρα χειρ hand τὴν ο the μεγάλην μεγας great; loud ἃ ος who; what ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make κύριος κυριος lord; master τοῖς ο the Αἰγυπτίοις αιγυπτιος Egyptian ἐφοβήθη φοβεω afraid; fear δὲ δε though; while ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population τὸν ο the κύριον κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even ἐπίστευσαν πιστευω believe; entrust τῷ ο the θεῷ θεος God καὶ και and; even Μωυσῇ μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τῷ ο the θεράποντι θεραπων minister αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
14:31 וַ wa וְ and יַּ֨רְא yyˌar ראה see יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יָּ֣ד yyˈāḏ יָד hand הַ ha הַ the גְּדֹלָ֗ה ggᵊḏōlˈā גָּדֹול great אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשָׂ֤ה ʕāśˈā עשׂה make יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וַ wa וְ and יִּֽירְא֥וּ yyˈîrᵊʔˌû ירא fear הָ hā הַ the עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וַ wa וְ and יַּֽאֲמִ֨ינוּ֙ yyˈaʔᵃmˈînû אמן be firm בַּֽ bˈa בְּ in יהוָ֔ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses עַבְדֹּֽו׃ פ ʕavdˈô . f עֶבֶד servant
14:31. et viderunt Aegyptios mortuos super litus maris et manum magnam quam exercuerat Dominus contra eos timuitque populus Dominum et crediderunt Domino et Mosi servo eiusAnd they saw the Egyptians dead upon the sea shore, and the mighty hand that the Lord had used against them: and the people feared the Lord, and they believed the Lord, and Moses his servant.
31. And Israel saw the great work which the LORD did upon the Egyptians, and the people feared the LORD: and they believed in the LORD, and in his servant Moses.
14:31. And they saw the Egyptians dead on the shore of the sea and the great hand that the Lord had exercised against them. And the people feared the Lord, and they believed in the Lord and in Moses his servant.
14:31. And Israel saw that great work which the LORD did upon the Egyptians: and the people feared the LORD, and believed the LORD, and his servant Moses.
And Israel saw that great work which the LORD did upon the Egyptians: and the people feared the LORD, and believed the LORD, and his servant Moses:

31: И увидели Израильтяне руку великую, которую явил Господь над Египтянами, и убоялся народ Господа и поверил Господу и Моисею, рабу Его. Тогда Моисей и сыны Израилевы воспели Господу песнь сию и говорили:
14:31
εἶδεν οραω view; see
δὲ δε though; while
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
τὴν ο the
χεῖρα χειρ hand
τὴν ο the
μεγάλην μεγας great; loud
ος who; what
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
κύριος κυριος lord; master
τοῖς ο the
Αἰγυπτίοις αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ἐφοβήθη φοβεω afraid; fear
δὲ δε though; while
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
τὸν ο the
κύριον κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
ἐπίστευσαν πιστευω believe; entrust
τῷ ο the
θεῷ θεος God
καὶ και and; even
Μωυσῇ μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τῷ ο the
θεράποντι θεραπων minister
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
14:31
וַ wa וְ and
יַּ֨רְא yyˌar ראה see
יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֣ד yyˈāḏ יָד hand
הַ ha הַ the
גְּדֹלָ֗ה ggᵊḏōlˈā גָּדֹול great
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשָׂ֤ה ʕāśˈā עשׂה make
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽירְא֥וּ yyˈîrᵊʔˌû ירא fear
הָ הַ the
עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וַ wa וְ and
יַּֽאֲמִ֨ינוּ֙ yyˈaʔᵃmˈînû אמן be firm
בַּֽ bˈa בְּ in
יהוָ֔ה [yhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
עַבְדֹּֽו׃ פ ʕavdˈô . f עֶבֶד servant
14:31. et viderunt Aegyptios mortuos super litus maris et manum magnam quam exercuerat Dominus contra eos timuitque populus Dominum et crediderunt Domino et Mosi servo eius
And they saw the Egyptians dead upon the sea shore, and the mighty hand that the Lord had used against them: and the people feared the Lord, and they believed the Lord, and Moses his servant.
14:31. And they saw the Egyptians dead on the shore of the sea and the great hand that the Lord had exercised against them. And the people feared the Lord, and they believed in the Lord and in Moses his servant.
14:31. And Israel saw that great work which the LORD did upon the Egyptians: and the people feared the LORD, and believed the LORD, and his servant Moses.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
14:31: The people feared the Lord - They were convinced by the interference of Jehovah that his power was unlimited, and that he could do whatsoever he pleased, both in the way of judgment and in the way of mercy.
And believed the Lord, and his servant Moses - They now clearly discerned that God had fulfilled all his promises; and that not one thing had failed of all the good which he had spoken concerning Israel. And they believed his servant Moses - they had now the fullest proof that he was Divinely appointed to work all these miracles, and to bring them out of Egypt into the promised land.
Thus God got himself honor upon Pharaoh and the Egyptians, and credit in the sight of Israel. After this overthrow of their king and his host, the Egyptians interrupted them no more in the journeyings, convinced of the omnipotence of their Protector: and how strange, that after such displays of the justice and mercy of Jehovah, the Israelites should ever have been deficient in faith, or have given place to murmuring!
1. The events recorded in this chapter are truly astonishing; and they strongly mark what God can do, and what he will do, both against his enemies and in behalf of his followers. In vain are all the forces of Egypt united to destroy the Israelites: at the breath of God's mouth they perish; and his feeble, discouraged, unarmed followers take the prey! With such a history before their eyes, is it not strange that sinners should run on frowardly in the path of transgression; and that those who are redeemed from the world, should ever doubt of the all-sufficiency and goodness of their God! Had we not already known the sequel of the Israelitish history, we should have been led to conclude that this people would have gone on their way rejoicing, trusting in God with their whole heart, and never leaning to their own understanding; but alas! we find that as soon as any new difficulty occurred, they murmured against God and their leaders, despised the pleasant land, and gave no credence to his word.
2. Their case is not a solitary one: most of those who are called Christians are not more remarkable for faith and patience. Every reverse will necessarily pain and discompose the people who are seeking their portion in this life. And it is a sure mark of a worldly mind, when we trust the God of Providence and grace no farther than we see the operations of his hand in our immediate supply; and murmur and repine when the hand of his bounty seems closed, and the influences of his Spirit restrained, though our unthankful and unholy carriage has been the cause of this change. Those alone who humble themselves under the mighty hand of God, shall be lifted up in due season. Reader, thou canst never be deceived in trusting thy all, the concerns of thy body and soul, to Him who divided the sea, saved the Hebrews, and destroyed the Egyptians.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
14:31: work: Heb. hand
feared: Sa1 12:18; Psa 119:120
believed: Exo 4:31, Exo 19:9; Ch2 20:20; Psa 106:12, Psa 106:13; Luk 8:13; Joh 2:11, Joh 2:23-25; Joh 8:30-32, Joh 11:45; Act 8:13
Geneva 1599
14:31 And Israel saw that great work which the LORD did upon the Egyptians: and the people feared the LORD, and believed the LORD, and his (n) servant Moses.
(n) That is, the doctrine which he taught them in the Name of the Lord.
John Gill
14:31 And Israel saw the great work,.... Or "hand" (l); the hand of the Lord, the mighty power of God, and took notice of it, and seriously considered the greatness of it:
which the Lord did upon the Egyptians; which mighty hand he laid upon them, and which great power he exercised on them, and which great work, the effect thereof, he wrought in destroying them in such a manner, by causing the waters, which divided for them and their safety, to return upon the Egyptians to their utter destruction:
and the people feared the Lord; had an awe of his power and greatness upon their minds, and a sense of his goodness to them upon their hearts, which influenced their fear of him, and caused them to fear him with a filial and godly fear:
and believed the Lord and his servant Moses; they believed the Lord to be the only Jehovah, the supreme Being, the one only living and true God, faithful to his word, able to do all things, and wise to do them in the fittest season, for his own glory and his people's good; and they believed his promises, and the fulfilment of them; and that as he had now saved them out of the hands of the Egyptians, he would bring them to the land of Canaan, which he had promised their fathers to give unto them; and they believed Moses was sent of God to be their deliverer out of Egypt, and to be their leader to the promised land; see Ps 106:12 and who were now by the apostle said to be baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea, 1Cor 10:1 and of their passage through the Red sea under the direction of Moses being an emblem of baptism; see Gill on 1Cor 10:1.
(l) Sept. Manum, Pagninus, Montanus, &c.
John Wesley
14:31 And Israel feared the Lord, and believed the Lord and his servant Moses - Now they were ashamed of their distrusts and murmurings; and in the mind they were in, they would never again despair of help from heaven; no not in the greatest straits! They would never again quarrel with Moses; nor talk of returning to Egypt. How well were it for us, if we were, always in as good a frame, as we are in sometimes!